From 0ac990d088d553c27f5360f62e142e99f087890a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Campbell Barton <ideasman42@gmail.com>
Date: Mon, 22 Apr 2019 00:18:34 +1000
Subject: Cleanup: comments (long lines) in editors

---
 .../editors/animation/anim_channels_defines.c      |  60 +++++----
 .../blender/editors/animation/anim_channels_edit.c |  51 ++++---
 source/blender/editors/animation/anim_deps.c       |   9 +-
 source/blender/editors/animation/anim_draw.c       |   6 +-
 source/blender/editors/animation/anim_filter.c     | 150 +++++++++++++--------
 source/blender/editors/animation/anim_ipo_utils.c  |  28 ++--
 source/blender/editors/animation/anim_markers.c    |  14 +-
 .../blender/editors/animation/anim_motion_paths.c  |   3 +-
 source/blender/editors/animation/drivers.c         |  14 +-
 source/blender/editors/animation/fmodifier_ui.c    |   6 +-
 source/blender/editors/animation/keyframes_draw.c  |  15 ++-
 source/blender/editors/animation/keyframes_edit.c  |  26 ++--
 .../blender/editors/animation/keyframes_general.c  |  33 +++--
 source/blender/editors/animation/keyframing.c      |  28 ++--
 source/blender/editors/animation/keyingsets.c      |  16 ++-
 source/blender/editors/armature/armature_add.c     |   3 +-
 source/blender/editors/armature/armature_edit.c    |  10 +-
 source/blender/editors/armature/armature_naming.c  |  14 +-
 source/blender/editors/armature/armature_ops.c     |   5 +-
 .../blender/editors/armature/armature_relations.c  |  22 +--
 .../blender/editors/armature/armature_skinning.c   |   2 +-
 source/blender/editors/armature/armature_utils.c   |  10 +-
 source/blender/editors/armature/pose_edit.c        |   6 +-
 source/blender/editors/armature/pose_lib.c         |   9 +-
 source/blender/editors/armature/pose_slide.c       |  15 ++-
 source/blender/editors/armature/pose_transform.c   |  11 +-
 source/blender/editors/curve/editcurve.c           |  17 ++-
 .../blender/editors/gizmo_library/gizmo_geometry.h |   5 +-
 .../gizmo_library/gizmo_types/cage2d_gizmo.c       |   3 +-
 .../gizmo_library/gizmo_types/cage3d_gizmo.c       |   3 +-
 source/blender/editors/gpencil/annotate_draw.c     |  21 +--
 source/blender/editors/gpencil/annotate_paint.c    |  16 ++-
 source/blender/editors/gpencil/drawgpencil.c       |  10 +-
 .../blender/editors/gpencil/editaction_gpencil.c   |  12 +-
 .../blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_add_stroke.c   |   3 +-
 source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_brush.c     |  30 +++--
 source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_convert.c   |  28 ++--
 source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_data.c      |  10 +-
 source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_edit.c      |  25 ++--
 source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_fill.c      |   3 +-
 source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_paint.c     |  28 ++--
 source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_select.c    |  18 ++-
 source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_undo.c      |   3 +-
 source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_utils.c     |  35 +++--
 source/blender/editors/include/ED_keyframing.h     |   4 +-
 source/blender/editors/include/ED_mesh.h           |   5 +-
 source/blender/editors/include/ED_numinput.h       |  14 +-
 source/blender/editors/include/UI_resources.h      |   6 +-
 source/blender/editors/mesh/editmesh_add_gizmo.c   |   3 +-
 source/blender/editors/mesh/editmesh_bevel.c       |   3 +-
 source/blender/editors/mesh/editmesh_knife.c       |   7 +-
 source/blender/editors/mesh/editmesh_rip.c         |  29 ++--
 source/blender/editors/mesh/editmesh_tools.c       |  31 +++--
 source/blender/editors/mesh/editmesh_undo.c        |  10 +-
 source/blender/editors/mesh/editmesh_utils.c       |   3 +-
 source/blender/editors/mesh/mesh_data.c            |   6 +-
 source/blender/editors/mesh/meshtools.c            |  18 ++-
 source/blender/editors/object/object_add.c         |  30 +++--
 source/blender/editors/object/object_constraint.c  |  47 ++++---
 .../editors/object/object_gpencil_modifier.c       |   2 +-
 source/blender/editors/object/object_modifier.c    |   5 +-
 source/blender/editors/object/object_relations.c   |  36 +++--
 source/blender/editors/object/object_select.c      |   3 +-
 source/blender/editors/object/object_shader_fx.c   |   6 +-
 source/blender/editors/object/object_transform.c   |  10 +-
 source/blender/editors/object/object_vgroup.c      |  11 +-
 source/blender/editors/physics/particle_edit.c     |   7 +-
 source/blender/editors/physics/particle_object.c   |   6 +-
 source/blender/editors/physics/physics_fluid.c     |  20 ++-
 source/blender/editors/render/render_preview.c     |   6 +-
 source/blender/editors/screen/area.c               |   9 +-
 source/blender/editors/screen/glutil.c             |   6 +-
 source/blender/editors/screen/screen_context.c     |  12 +-
 source/blender/editors/screen/screen_draw.c        |   6 +-
 source/blender/editors/screen/screen_geometry.c    |   6 +-
 source/blender/editors/screen/screen_ops.c         |   6 +-
 source/blender/editors/screen/workspace_edit.c     |   6 +-
 source/blender/editors/sculpt_paint/paint_cursor.c |   4 +-
 source/blender/editors/sculpt_paint/paint_image.c  |   6 +-
 .../editors/sculpt_paint/paint_image_proj.c        |  40 ++++--
 source/blender/editors/sculpt_paint/paint_mask.c   |   7 +-
 source/blender/editors/sculpt_paint/paint_vertex.c |  20 +--
 .../editors/sculpt_paint/paint_vertex_color_ops.c  |   2 +-
 source/blender/editors/sculpt_paint/sculpt.c       |  20 +--
 .../blender/editors/sculpt_paint/sculpt_intern.h   |   6 +-
 source/blender/editors/sculpt_paint/sculpt_uv.c    |  19 +--
 source/blender/editors/space_action/action_data.c  |  17 ++-
 source/blender/editors/space_action/action_edit.c  |  21 +--
 source/blender/editors/space_action/action_ops.c   |   6 +-
 .../blender/editors/space_action/action_select.c   |  35 +++--
 source/blender/editors/space_action/space_action.c |  10 +-
 source/blender/editors/space_file/file_draw.c      |   3 +-
 source/blender/editors/space_file/file_ops.c       |  23 ++--
 source/blender/editors/space_file/filelist.c       |  68 +++++++---
 source/blender/editors/space_file/filesel.c        |   4 +-
 source/blender/editors/space_file/fsmenu.c         |  13 +-
 source/blender/editors/space_graph/graph_buttons.c |  18 ++-
 source/blender/editors/space_graph/graph_draw.c    |  20 +--
 source/blender/editors/space_graph/graph_edit.c    |  63 +++++----
 source/blender/editors/space_graph/graph_ops.c     |   8 +-
 source/blender/editors/space_graph/graph_select.c  |  24 ++--
 source/blender/editors/space_graph/graph_utils.c   |  24 ++--
 source/blender/editors/space_graph/space_graph.c   |  12 +-
 source/blender/editors/space_image/image_ops.c     |  10 +-
 source/blender/editors/space_nla/nla_buttons.c     |  12 +-
 source/blender/editors/space_nla/nla_channels.c    |  15 ++-
 source/blender/editors/space_nla/nla_edit.c        |  11 +-
 source/blender/editors/space_nla/nla_ops.c         |   7 +-
 source/blender/editors/space_nla/nla_select.c      |  25 ++--
 source/blender/editors/space_node/node_add.c       |   6 +-
 source/blender/editors/space_node/node_edit.c      |   3 +-
 source/blender/editors/space_node/node_intern.h    |  11 +-
 .../editors/space_node/node_relationships.c        |   4 +-
 .../editors/space_outliner/outliner_collections.c  |  13 +-
 .../editors/space_outliner/outliner_dragdrop.c     |   3 +-
 .../blender/editors/space_outliner/outliner_draw.c |   3 +-
 .../blender/editors/space_outliner/outliner_edit.c |   6 +-
 .../editors/space_outliner/outliner_select.c       |   9 +-
 .../editors/space_outliner/outliner_tools.c        |   9 +-
 .../blender/editors/space_outliner/outliner_tree.c |   7 +-
 source/blender/editors/space_script/space_script.c |   5 +-
 .../editors/space_sequencer/sequencer_draw.c       |   7 +-
 .../editors/space_sequencer/sequencer_edit.c       |   8 +-
 .../blender/editors/space_text/text_autocomplete.c |   4 +-
 .../blender/editors/space_view3d/view3d_buttons.c  |   8 +-
 .../editors/space_view3d/view3d_camera_control.c   |   9 +-
 source/blender/editors/space_view3d/view3d_draw.c  |   3 +-
 .../editors/space_view3d/view3d_draw_legacy.c      |   3 +-
 source/blender/editors/space_view3d/view3d_edit.c  |  14 +-
 .../blender/editors/space_view3d/view3d_project.c  |   8 +-
 source/blender/editors/space_view3d/view3d_snap.c  |   8 +-
 source/blender/editors/space_view3d/view3d_utils.c |   6 +-
 source/blender/editors/space_view3d/view3d_view.c  |   4 +-
 source/blender/editors/undo/memfile_undo.c         |   6 +-
 source/blender/editors/util/numinput.c             |   3 +-
 source/blender/editors/util/select_utils.c         |   4 +-
 source/blender/editors/uvedit/uvedit_ops.c         |  20 +--
 .../blender/editors/uvedit/uvedit_smart_stitch.c   |  10 +-
 source/blender/editors/uvedit/uvedit_unwrap_ops.c  |  10 +-
 139 files changed, 1249 insertions(+), 753 deletions(-)

(limited to 'source/blender')

diff --git a/source/blender/editors/animation/anim_channels_defines.c b/source/blender/editors/animation/anim_channels_defines.c
index 225bad1b35b..a17ee820595 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/animation/anim_channels_defines.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/animation/anim_channels_defines.c
@@ -356,7 +356,8 @@ static short acf_generic_group_offset(bAnimContext *ac, bAnimListElem *ale)
     else if (ELEM(GS(ale->id->name), ID_MA, ID_PA))
       offset += (short)(0.7f * U.widget_unit);
 
-    /* if not in Action Editor mode, action-groups (and their children) must carry some offset too... */
+    /* If not in Action Editor mode, action-groups (and their children)
+     * must carry some offset too. */
     else if (ac->datatype != ANIMCONT_ACTION)
       offset += (short)(0.7f * U.widget_unit);
 
@@ -3855,7 +3856,8 @@ short ANIM_channel_setting_get(bAnimContext *ac, bAnimListElem *ale, eAnimChanne
   return -1;
 }
 
-/* quick macro for use in ANIM_channel_setting_set - set flag for setting according the mode given */
+/* Quick macro for use in ANIM_channel_setting_set -
+ * set flag for setting according the mode given. */
 #define ACF_SETTING_SET(sval, sflag, smode) \
   { \
     if (negflag) { \
@@ -4022,8 +4024,8 @@ void ANIM_channel_draw(
 
         immBindBuiltinProgram(GPU_SHADER_2D_UNIFORM_COLOR);
 
-        /* F-Curve channels need to have a special 'color code' box drawn, which is colored with whatever
-         * color the curve has stored
+        /* F-Curve channels need to have a special 'color code' box drawn,
+         * which is colored with whatever color the curve has stored.
          */
         immUniformColor3fv(fcu->color);
 
@@ -4143,26 +4145,29 @@ void ANIM_channel_draw(
       if (acf->has_setting(ac, ale, ACHANNEL_SETTING_PINNED))
         offset += ICON_WIDTH;
 
-      /* NOTE: technically, NLA Action "pushdown" should be here too, but there are no sliders there */
+      /* NOTE: technically, NLA Action "pushdown" should be here too,
+       * but there are no sliders there. */
 
       /* NLA action channels have slightly different spacing requirements... */
       if (ale->type == ANIMTYPE_NLAACTION)
         ymin_ofs = NLACHANNEL_SKIP;
     }
 
-    /* draw slider
-     * - even if we can draw sliders for this view, we must also check that the channel-type supports them
-     *   (only only F-Curves really can support them for now)
-     * - slider should start before the toggles (if they're visible) to keep a clean line down the side
+    /* Draw slider:
+     * - Even if we can draw sliders for this view,
+     *   we must also check that the channel-type supports them
+     *   (only only F-Curves really can support them for now).
+     * - Slider should start before the toggles (if they're visible)
+     *   to keep a clean line down the side.
      */
     if ((draw_sliders) && ELEM(ale->type, ANIMTYPE_FCURVE, ANIMTYPE_NLACURVE, ANIMTYPE_SHAPEKEY)) {
       /* adjust offset */
       offset += SLIDER_WIDTH;
     }
 
-    /* finally draw a backdrop rect behind these
-     * - starts from the point where the first toggle/slider starts,
-     * - ends past the space that might be reserved for a scroller
+    /* Finally draw a backdrop rect behind these:
+     * - Starts from the point where the first toggle/slider starts.
+     * - Ends past the space that might be reserved for a scroller.
      */
     immRectf(pos,
              v2d->cur.xmax - (float)offset,
@@ -4402,7 +4407,8 @@ static void achannel_setting_slider_nla_curve_cb(bContext *C,
   /* get flags for keyframing */
   flag = ANIM_get_keyframing_flags(scene, 1);
 
-  /* get pointer and property from the slider - this should all match up with the NlaStrip required... */
+  /* Get pointer and property from the slider -
+   * this should all match up with the NlaStrip required. */
   UI_context_active_but_prop_get(C, &ptr, &prop, &index);
 
   if (fcu && prop) {
@@ -4853,7 +4859,8 @@ void ANIM_channel_draw_widgets(const bContext *C,
         draw_setting_widget(ac, ale, acf, block, offset, ymid, ACHANNEL_SETTING_MUTE);
       }
       if (ale->type == ANIMTYPE_GPLAYER) {
-        /* Not technically "mute" (in terms of anim channels, but this sets layer visibility instead) */
+        /* Not technically "mute"
+         * (in terms of anim channels, but this sets layer visibility instead). */
         offset -= ICON_WIDTH;
         draw_setting_widget(ac, ale, acf, block, offset, ymid, ACHANNEL_SETTING_VISIBLE);
       }
@@ -4900,17 +4907,20 @@ void ANIM_channel_draw_widgets(const bContext *C,
       }
     }
 
-    /* draw slider
-     * - even if we can draw sliders for this view, we must also check that the channel-type supports them
-     *   (only only F-Curves really can support them for now)
-     * - to make things easier, we use RNA-autobuts for this so that changes are reflected immediately,
-     *   wherever they occurred. BUT, we don't use the layout engine, otherwise we'd get wrong alignment,
-     *   and wouldn't be able to auto-keyframe...
-     * - slider should start before the toggles (if they're visible) to keep a clean line down the side
+    /* Draw slider:
+     * - Even if we can draw sliders for this view, we must also check that the channel-type
+     *   supports them (only only F-Curves really can support them for now).
+     * - To make things easier, we use RNA-autobuts for this so that changes are
+     *   reflected immediately, wherever they occurred.
+     *   BUT, we don't use the layout engine, otherwise we'd get wrong alignment,
+     *   and wouldn't be able to auto-keyframe.
+     * - Slider should start before the toggles (if they're visible)
+     *   to keep a clean line down the side.
      */
     if ((draw_sliders) && ELEM(ale->type, ANIMTYPE_FCURVE, ANIMTYPE_NLACURVE, ANIMTYPE_SHAPEKEY)) {
       /* adjust offset */
-      // TODO: make slider width dynamic, so that they can be easier to use when the view is wide enough
+      /* TODO: make slider width dynamic,
+       * so that they can be easier to use when the view is wide enough. */
       offset -= SLIDER_WIDTH;
 
       /* need backdrop behind sliders... */
@@ -4931,7 +4941,8 @@ void ANIM_channel_draw_widgets(const bContext *C,
           if (prop) {
             uiBut *but;
 
-            /* create the slider button, and assign relevant callback to ensure keyframes are inserted... */
+            /* Create the slider button,
+             * and assign relevant callback to ensure keyframes are inserted. */
             but = uiDefAutoButR(block,
                                 &ptr,
                                 prop,
@@ -4977,7 +4988,8 @@ void ANIM_channel_draw_widgets(const bContext *C,
           if (RNA_path_resolve_property(&id_ptr, rna_path, &ptr, &prop)) {
             uiBut *but;
 
-            /* create the slider button, and assign relevant callback to ensure keyframes are inserted... */
+            /* Create the slider button,
+             * and assign relevant callback to ensure keyframes are inserted. */
             but = uiDefAutoButR(block,
                                 &ptr,
                                 prop,
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/animation/anim_channels_edit.c b/source/blender/editors/animation/anim_channels_edit.c
index 67ec5a95913..d85457bbc4f 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/animation/anim_channels_edit.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/animation/anim_channels_edit.c
@@ -501,7 +501,8 @@ void ANIM_flush_setting_anim_channels(bAnimContext *ac,
    */
   if (((setting == ACHANNEL_SETTING_VISIBLE) && (mode != ACHANNEL_SETFLAG_CLEAR)) ||
       ((setting != ACHANNEL_SETTING_VISIBLE) && (mode == ACHANNEL_SETFLAG_CLEAR))) {
-    /* go backwards in the list, until the highest-ranking element (by indention has been covered) */
+    /* Go backwards in the list, until the highest-ranking element
+     * (by indention has been covered). */
     for (ale = match->prev; ale; ale = ale->prev) {
       const bAnimChannelType *acf = ANIM_channel_get_typeinfo(ale);
       int level;
@@ -517,8 +518,8 @@ void ANIM_flush_setting_anim_channels(bAnimContext *ac,
 
       /* if the level is 'less than' (i.e. more important) the level we're matching
        * but also 'less than' the level just tried (i.e. only the 1st group above grouped F-Curves,
-       * when toggling visibility of F-Curves, gets flushed, which should happen if we don't let prevLevel
-       * get updated below once the first 1st group is found)...
+       * when toggling visibility of F-Curves, gets flushed, which should happen if we don't let
+       * prevLevel get updated below once the first 1st group is found).
        */
       if (level < prevLevel) {
         /* flush the new status... */
@@ -907,7 +908,8 @@ static void rearrange_animchannel_add_to_islands(ListBase *islands,
       (island == NULL) ||
       /* 2) unselected islands have single channels only - to allow up/down movement */
       ((island->flag & REORDER_ISLAND_SELECTED) == 0) ||
-      /* 3) if channel is unselected, stop existing island (it was either wrong sel status, or full already) */
+      /* 3) if channel is unselected, stop existing island
+       * (it was either wrong sel status, or full already) */
       (is_sel == 0) ||
       /* 4) hidden status changes */
       ((island->flag & REORDER_ISLAND_HIDDEN) != is_hidden)) {
@@ -997,9 +999,12 @@ static bool rearrange_animchannel_islands(ListBase *list,
     rearrange_animchannel_add_to_islands(&islands, list, channel, type, is_hidden);
   }
 
-  /* perform moving of selected islands now, but only if there is more than one of 'em so that something will happen
-   * - scanning of the list is performed in the opposite direction to the direction we're moving things, so that we
-   *   shouldn't need to encounter items we've moved already
+  /* Perform moving of selected islands now, but only if there is more than one of them
+   * so that something will happen:
+   *
+   * - Scanning of the list is performed in the opposite direction
+   *   to the direction we're moving things,
+   *   so that we shouldn't need to encounter items we've moved already.
    */
   if (islands.first != islands.last) {
     tReorderChannelIsland *first = (mode > 0) ? islands.last : islands.first;
@@ -2632,10 +2637,11 @@ static int animchannels_channel_get(bAnimContext *ac, const int mval[2])
   ar = ac->ar;
   v2d = &ar->v2d;
 
-  /* figure out which channel user clicked in
-   * Note: although channels technically start at (y = ACHANNEL_FIRST), we need to adjust by half a channel's height
-   *       so that the tops of channels get caught ok. Since ACHANNEL_FIRST is really ACHANNEL_HEIGHT, we simply use
-   *       ACHANNEL_HEIGHT_HALF.
+  /* Figure out which channel user clicked in.
+   *
+   * Note: although channels technically start at (y = ACHANNEL_FIRST),
+   * we need to adjust by half a channel's height so that the tops of channels get caught ok.
+   * Since ACHANNEL_FIRST is really ACHANNEL_HEIGHT, we simply use ACHANNEL_HEIGHT_HALF.
    */
   UI_view2d_region_to_view(v2d, mval[0], mval[1], &x, &y);
 
@@ -2724,7 +2730,8 @@ static int mouse_anim_channels(bContext *C, bAnimContext *ac, int channel_index,
     return 0;
   }
 
-  /* selectmode -1 is a special case for ActionGroups only, which selects all of the channels underneath it only... */
+  /* selectmode -1 is a special case for ActionGroups only,
+   * which selects all of the channels underneath it only. */
   /* TODO: should this feature be extended to work with other channel types too? */
   if ((selectmode == -1) && (ale->type != ANIMTYPE_GROUP)) {
     /* normal channels should not behave normally in this case */
@@ -2800,7 +2807,8 @@ static int mouse_anim_channels(bContext *C, bAnimContext *ac, int channel_index,
         if ((adt) && (adt->flag & ADT_UI_SELECTED))
           adt->flag |= ADT_UI_ACTIVE;
 
-        /* ensure we exit editmode on whatever object was active before to avoid getting stuck there - T48747 */
+        /* Ensure we exit editmode on whatever object was active before
+         * to avoid getting stuck there - T48747. */
         if (ob != CTX_data_edit_object(C)) {
           ED_object_editmode_exit(C, EM_FREEDATA);
         }
@@ -2965,9 +2973,10 @@ static int mouse_anim_channels(bContext *C, bAnimContext *ac, int channel_index,
     case ANIMTYPE_NLACONTROLS: {
       AnimData *adt = (AnimData *)ale->data;
 
-      /* toggle expand
-       *   - Although the triangle widget already allows this, since there's nothing else that can be done here now,
-       *     let's just use it for easier expand/collapse for now
+      /* Toggle expand:
+       * - Although the triangle widget already allows this,
+       *   since there's nothing else that can be done here now,
+       *   let's just use it for easier expand/collapse for now.
        */
       adt->flag ^= ADT_NLA_SKEYS_COLLAPSED;
 
@@ -2977,8 +2986,9 @@ static int mouse_anim_channels(bContext *C, bAnimContext *ac, int channel_index,
     case ANIMTYPE_GPDATABLOCK: {
       bGPdata *gpd = (bGPdata *)ale->data;
 
-      /* toggle expand
-       * - although the triangle widget already allows this, the whole channel can also be used for this purpose
+      /* Toggle expand:
+       * - Although the triangle widget already allows this,
+       *   the whole channel can also be used for this purpose.
        */
       gpd->flag ^= GP_DATA_EXPAND;
 
@@ -3015,8 +3025,9 @@ static int mouse_anim_channels(bContext *C, bAnimContext *ac, int channel_index,
     case ANIMTYPE_MASKDATABLOCK: {
       Mask *mask = (Mask *)ale->data;
 
-      /* toggle expand
-       * - although the triangle widget already allows this, the whole channel can also be used for this purpose
+      /* Toggle expand
+       * - Although the triangle widget already allows this,
+       *   the whole channel can also be used for this purpose.
        */
       mask->flag ^= MASK_ANIMF_EXPAND;
 
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/animation/anim_deps.c b/source/blender/editors/animation/anim_deps.c
index df73c78aa18..5d25d732fe8 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/animation/anim_deps.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/animation/anim_deps.c
@@ -149,7 +149,8 @@ static void animchan_sync_group(bAnimContext *ac, bAnimListElem *ale, bActionGro
     Object *ob = (Object *)owner_id;
 
     /* check if there are bones, and whether the name matches any
-     * NOTE: this feature will only really work if groups by default contain the F-Curves for a single bone
+     * NOTE: this feature will only really work if groups by default contain the F-Curves
+     * for a single bone.
      */
     if (ob->pose) {
       bPoseChannel *pchan = BKE_pose_channel_find_name(ob->pose, agrp->name);
@@ -314,8 +315,10 @@ void ANIM_sync_animchannels_to_data(const bContext *C)
     return;
 
   /* filter data */
-  /* NOTE: we want all channels, since we want to be able to set selection status on some of them even when collapsed
-   *       However, don't include duplicates so that selection statuses don't override each other
+
+  /* NOTE: we want all channels, since we want to be able to set selection status on some of them
+   * even when collapsed... however,
+   * don't include duplicates so that selection statuses don't override each other.
    */
   filter = ANIMFILTER_DATA_VISIBLE | ANIMFILTER_LIST_CHANNELS | ANIMFILTER_NODUPLIS;
   ANIM_animdata_filter(&ac, &anim_data, filter, ac.data, ac.datatype);
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/animation/anim_draw.c b/source/blender/editors/animation/anim_draw.c
index 11c768a8efd..bf6dfe3938b 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/animation/anim_draw.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/animation/anim_draw.c
@@ -255,7 +255,8 @@ AnimData *ANIM_nla_mapping_get(bAnimContext *ac, bAnimListElem *ale)
            ANIMCONT_CHANNEL)) {
     /* handling depends on the type of animation-context we've got */
     if (ale) {
-      /* NLA Control Curves occur on NLA strips, and shouldn't be subjected to this kind of mapping */
+      /* NLA Control Curves occur on NLA strips,
+       * and shouldn't be subjected to this kind of mapping. */
       if (ale->type != ANIMTYPE_NLACURVE)
         return ale->adt;
     }
@@ -267,7 +268,8 @@ AnimData *ANIM_nla_mapping_get(bAnimContext *ac, bAnimListElem *ale)
 
 /* ------------------- */
 
-/* helper function for ANIM_nla_mapping_apply_fcurve() -> "restore", i.e. mapping points back to action-time */
+/* Helper function for ANIM_nla_mapping_apply_fcurve() -> "restore",
+ * i.e. mapping points back to action-time. */
 static short bezt_nlamapping_restore(KeyframeEditData *ked, BezTriple *bezt)
 {
   /* AnimData block providing scaling is stored in 'data', only_keys option is stored in i1 */
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/animation/anim_filter.c b/source/blender/editors/animation/anim_filter.c
index bb0db9cf8a1..41d23eb31ba 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/animation/anim_filter.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/animation/anim_filter.c
@@ -239,11 +239,12 @@ static bool actedit_get_context(bAnimContext *ac, SpaceAction *saction)
       saction->ads.source = (ID *)ac->scene;
 
       /* sync scene's "selected keys only" flag with our "only selected" flag
+       *
        * XXX: This is a workaround for T55525. We shouldn't really be syncing the flags like this,
-       *      but it's a simpler fix for now than also figuring out how the next/prev keyframe tools
-       *      should work in the 3D View if we allowed full access to the timeline's dopesheet filters
-       *      (i.e. we'd have to figure out where to host those settings, to be on a scene level like
-       *      this flag currently is, along with several other unknowns)
+       * but it's a simpler fix for now than also figuring out how the next/prev keyframe
+       * tools should work in the 3D View if we allowed full access to the timeline's
+       * dopesheet filters (i.e. we'd have to figure out where to host those settings,
+       * to be on a scene level like this flag currently is, along with several other unknowns).
        */
       if (ac->scene->flag & SCE_KEYS_NO_SELONLY)
         saction->ads.filterflag &= ~ADS_FILTER_ONLYSEL;
@@ -339,7 +340,8 @@ static bool nlaedit_get_context(bAnimContext *ac, SpaceNla *snla)
 
 /* ----------- Public API --------------- */
 
-/* Obtain current anim-data context, given that context info from Blender context has already been set
+/* Obtain current anim-data context,
+ * given that context info from Blender context has already been set:
  * - AnimContext to write to is provided as pointer to var on stack so that we don't have
  *   allocation/freeing costs (which are not that avoidable with channels).
  */
@@ -467,20 +469,24 @@ bool ANIM_animdata_get_context(const bContext *C, bAnimContext *ac)
 /* quick macro to test if AnimData is usable for NLA */
 #define ANIMDATA_HAS_NLA(id) ((id)->adt && (id)->adt->nla_tracks.first)
 
-/* Quick macro to test for all three above usability tests, performing the appropriate provided
+/**
+ * Quick macro to test for all three above usability tests, performing the appropriate provided
  * action for each when the AnimData context is appropriate.
  *
  * Priority order for this goes (most important, to least): AnimData blocks, NLA, Drivers, Keyframes.
  *
- * For this to work correctly, a standard set of data needs to be available within the scope that this
- * gets called in:
+ * For this to work correctly,
+ * a standard set of data needs to be available within the scope that this
+ *
+ * Gets called in:
  * - ListBase anim_data;
  * - bDopeSheet *ads;
  * - bAnimListElem *ale;
  * - size_t items;
  *
  * - id: ID block which should have an AnimData pointer following it immediately, to use
- * - adtOk: line or block of code to execute for AnimData-blocks case (usually ANIMDATA_ADD_ANIMDATA)
+ * - adtOk: line or block of code to execute for AnimData-blocks case
+ *   (usually #ANIMDATA_ADD_ANIMDATA).
  * - nlaOk: line or block of code to execute for NLA tracks+strips case
  * - driversOk: line or block of code to execute for Drivers case
  * - nlaKeysOk: line or block of code for NLA Strip Keyframes case
@@ -991,7 +997,8 @@ static bool skip_fcurve_selected_data(bDopeSheet *ads, FCurve *fcu, ID *owner_id
 
       /* check whether to continue or skip */
       if ((pchan) && (pchan->bone)) {
-        /* if only visible channels, skip if bone not visible unless user wants channels from hidden data too */
+        /* If only visible channels,
+         * skip if bone not visible unless user wants channels from hidden data too. */
         if (skip_hidden) {
           bArmature *arm = (bArmature *)ob->data;
 
@@ -1173,8 +1180,10 @@ static FCurve *animfilter_fcurve_next(bDopeSheet *ads,
   bActionGroup *grp = (channel_type == ANIMTYPE_FCURVE) ? owner : NULL;
   FCurve *fcu = NULL;
 
-  /* loop over F-Curves - assume that the caller of this has already checked that these should be included
-   * NOTE: we need to check if the F-Curves belong to the same group, as this gets called for groups too...
+  /* Loop over F-Curves - assume that the caller of this has already checked
+   * that these should be included.
+   * NOTE: we need to check if the F-Curves belong to the same group,
+   * as this gets called for groups too...
    */
   for (fcu = first; ((fcu) && (fcu->grp == grp)); fcu = fcu->next) {
     /* special exception for Pose-Channel/Sequence-Strip/Node Based F-Curves:
@@ -1199,7 +1208,8 @@ static FCurve *animfilter_fcurve_next(bDopeSheet *ads,
     if (!(filter_mode & ANIMFILTER_CURVE_VISIBLE) || (fcu->flag & FCURVE_VISIBLE)) {
       /* only work with this channel and its subchannels if it is editable */
       if (!(filter_mode & ANIMFILTER_FOREDIT) || EDITABLE_FCU(fcu)) {
-        /* only include this curve if selected in a way consistent with the filtering requirements */
+        /* Only include this curve if selected in a way consistent
+         * with the filtering requirements. */
         if (ANIMCHANNEL_SELOK(SEL_FCU(fcu)) && ANIMCHANNEL_SELEDITOK(SEL_FCU(fcu))) {
           /* only include if this curve is active */
           if (!(filter_mode & ANIMFILTER_ACTIVE) || (fcu->flag & FCURVE_ACTIVE)) {
@@ -1240,14 +1250,17 @@ static size_t animfilter_fcurves(ListBase *anim_data,
   FCurve *fcu;
   size_t items = 0;
 
-  /* loop over every F-Curve able to be included
-   * - this for-loop works like this:
-   *   1) the starting F-Curve is assigned to the fcu pointer so that we have a starting point to search from
-   *   2) the first valid F-Curve to start from (which may include the one given as 'first') in the remaining
-   *      list of F-Curves is found, and verified to be non-null
-   *   3) the F-Curve referenced by fcu pointer is added to the list
-   *   4) the fcu pointer is set to the F-Curve after the one we just added, so that we can keep going through
-   *      the rest of the F-Curve list without an eternal loop. Back to step 2 :)
+  /* Loop over every F-Curve able to be included.
+   *
+   * This for-loop works like this:
+   * 1) The starting F-Curve is assigned to the fcu pointer
+   *    so that we have a starting point to search from.
+   * 2) The first valid F-Curve to start from (which may include the one given as 'first')
+   *    in the remaining list of F-Curves is found, and verified to be non-null.
+   * 3) The F-Curve referenced by fcu pointer is added to the list
+   * 4) The fcu pointer is set to the F-Curve after the one we just added,
+   *    so that we can keep going through the rest of the F-Curve list without an eternal loop.
+   *    Back to step 2 :)
    */
   for (fcu = first;
        ((fcu = animfilter_fcurve_next(ads, fcu, fcurve_type, filter_mode, owner, owner_id)));
@@ -1290,21 +1303,23 @@ static size_t animfilter_act_group(bAnimContext *ac,
    *     - Hierarchy ignored: cases like [#21276] won't work properly, unless we skip this hack
    */
   if (
-      /* care about hierarchy but group isn't expanded */
+      /* Care about hierarchy but group isn't expanded. */
       ((filter_mode & ANIMFILTER_LIST_VISIBLE) && EXPANDED_AGRP(ac, agrp) == 0) &&
-      /* care about selection status */
+      /* Care about selection status. */
       (filter_mode & (ANIMFILTER_SEL | ANIMFILTER_UNSEL))) {
-    /* if the group itself isn't selected appropriately, we shouldn't consider it's children either */
+    /* If the group itself isn't selected appropriately,
+     * we shouldn't consider it's children either. */
     if (ANIMCHANNEL_SELOK(SEL_AGRP(agrp)) == 0)
       return 0;
 
-    /* if we're still here, then the selection status of the curves within this group should not matter,
-     * since this creates too much overhead for animators (i.e. making a slow workflow)
+    /* if we're still here,
+     * then the selection status of the curves within this group should not matter,
+     * since this creates too much overhead for animators (i.e. making a slow workflow).
      *
      * Tools affected by this at time of coding (2010 Feb 09):
-     * - inserting keyframes on selected channels only
-     * - pasting keyframes
-     * - creating ghost curves in Graph Editor
+     * - Inserting keyframes on selected channels only.
+     * - Pasting keyframes.
+     * - Creating ghost curves in Graph Editor.
      */
     filter_mode &= ~(ANIMFILTER_SEL | ANIMFILTER_UNSEL | ANIMFILTER_LIST_VISIBLE);
   }
@@ -1397,12 +1412,13 @@ static size_t animfilter_action(bAnimContext *ac,
 }
 
 /* Include NLA-Data for NLA-Editor:
- * - when ANIMFILTER_LIST_CHANNELS is used, that means we should be filtering the list for display
- *   Although the evaluation order is from the first track to the last and then apply the Action on top,
- *   we present this in the UI as the Active Action followed by the last track to the first so that we
- *   get the evaluation order presented as per a stack.
- * - for normal filtering (i.e. for editing), we only need the NLA-tracks but they can be in 'normal' evaluation
- *   order, i.e. first to last. Otherwise, some tools may get screwed up.
+ * - When ANIMFILTER_LIST_CHANNELS is used, that means we should be filtering the list for display
+ *   Although the evaluation order is from the first track to the last and then apply the
+ *   Action on top, we present this in the UI as the Active Action followed by the last track
+ *   to the first so that we get the evaluation order presented as per a stack.
+ * - For normal filtering (i.e. for editing),
+ *   we only need the NLA-tracks but they can be in 'normal' evaluation order, i.e. first to last.
+ *   Otherwise, some tools may get screwed up.
  */
 static size_t animfilter_nla(bAnimContext *UNUSED(ac),
                              ListBase *anim_data,
@@ -1423,9 +1439,10 @@ static size_t animfilter_nla(bAnimContext *UNUSED(ac),
     if (!(ads->filterflag & ADS_FILTER_NLA_NOACT) || (adt->action)) {
       /* there isn't really anything editable here, so skip if need editable */
       if ((filter_mode & ANIMFILTER_FOREDIT) == 0) {
-        /* just add the action track now (this MUST appear for drawing)
-         * - as AnimData may not have an action, we pass a dummy pointer just to get the list elem created, then
-         *   overwrite this with the real value - REVIEW THIS...
+        /* Just add the action track now (this MUST appear for drawing):
+         * - As AnimData may not have an action,
+         *   we pass a dummy pointer just to get the list elem created,
+         *   then overwrite this with the real value - REVIEW THIS.
          */
         ANIMCHANNEL_NEW_CHANNEL_FULL((void *)(&adt->action), ANIMTYPE_NLAACTION, owner_id, NULL, {
           ale->data = adt->action ? adt->action : NULL;
@@ -1441,7 +1458,8 @@ static size_t animfilter_nla(bAnimContext *UNUSED(ac),
     first = adt->nla_tracks.first;
   }
 
-  /* loop over NLA Tracks - assume that the caller of this has already checked that these should be included */
+  /* loop over NLA Tracks -
+   * assume that the caller of this has already checked that these should be included */
   for (nlt = first; nlt; nlt = next) {
     /* 'next' NLA-Track to use depends on whether we're filtering for drawing or not */
     if (filter_mode & ANIMFILTER_LIST_CHANNELS)
@@ -1452,7 +1470,8 @@ static size_t animfilter_nla(bAnimContext *UNUSED(ac),
     /* if we're in NLA-tweakmode, don't show this track if it was disabled (due to tweaking) for now
      * - active track should still get shown though (even though it has disabled flag set)
      */
-    // FIXME: the channels after should still get drawn, just 'differently', and after an active-action channel
+    // FIXME: the channels after should still get drawn, just 'differently',
+    // and after an active-action channel.
     if ((adt->flag & ADT_NLA_EDIT_ON) && (nlt->flag & NLATRACK_DISABLED) &&
         (adt->act_track != nlt))
       continue;
@@ -1516,7 +1535,8 @@ static size_t animfilter_nla_controls(
     /* for now, we only go one level deep - so controls on grouped FCurves are not handled */
     for (nlt = adt->nla_tracks.first; nlt; nlt = nlt->next) {
       for (strip = nlt->strips.first; strip; strip = strip->next) {
-        /* pass strip as the "owner", so that the name lookups (used while filtering) will resolve */
+        /* pass strip as the "owner",
+         * so that the name lookups (used while filtering) will resolve */
         /* NLA tracks are coming from AnimData, so owner of f-curves
          * is the same as owner of animation data. */
         tmp_items += animfilter_fcurves(&tmp_data,
@@ -1563,8 +1583,9 @@ static size_t animfilter_block_data(
   if (adt) {
     IdAdtTemplate *iat = (IdAdtTemplate *)id;
 
-    /* NOTE: this macro is used instead of inlining the logic here, since this sort of filtering is still needed
-     * in a few places in the rest of the code still - notably for the few cases where special mode-based
+    /* NOTE: this macro is used instead of inlining the logic here,
+     * since this sort of filtering is still needed in a few places in the rest of the code still -
+     * notably for the few cases where special mode-based
      * different types of data expanders are required.
      */
     ANIMDATA_FILTER_CASES(
@@ -1613,7 +1634,8 @@ static size_t animdata_filter_shapekey(bAnimContext *ac,
 
       /* only work with this channel and its subchannels if it is editable */
       if (!(filter_mode & ANIMFILTER_FOREDIT) || EDITABLE_SHAPEKEY(kb)) {
-        /* only include this track if selected in a way consistent with the filtering requirements */
+        /* Only include this track if selected in a way consistent
+         * with the filtering requirements. */
         if (ANIMCHANNEL_SELOK(SEL_SHAPEKEY(kb))) {
           // TODO: consider 'active' too?
 
@@ -1950,7 +1972,8 @@ static size_t animdata_filter_mask(Main *bmain,
   return items;
 }
 
-/* NOTE: owner_id is scene, material, or texture block, which is the direct owner of the node tree in question */
+/* NOTE: owner_id is scene, material, or texture block,
+ * which is the direct owner of the node tree in question. */
 static size_t animdata_filter_ds_nodetree_group(bAnimContext *ac,
                                                 ListBase *anim_data,
                                                 bDopeSheet *ads,
@@ -2100,9 +2123,10 @@ static size_t animdata_filter_ds_texture(bAnimContext *ac,
 
     /* nodes */
     if ((tex->nodetree) && !(ads->filterflag & ADS_FILTER_NONTREE)) {
-      /* owner_id as id instead of texture, since it'll otherwise be impossible to track the depth */
-      // FIXME: perhaps as a result, textures should NOT be included under materials, but under their own section instead
-      // so that free-floating textures can also be animated
+      /* owner_id as id instead of texture,
+       * since it'll otherwise be impossible to track the depth. */
+      // FIXME: perhaps as a result, textures should NOT be included under materials,
+      // but under their own section instead so that free-floating textures can also be animated.
       tmp_items += animdata_filter_ds_nodetree(
           ac, &tmp_data, ads, (ID *)tex, tex->nodetree, filter_mode);
     }
@@ -2219,7 +2243,7 @@ static size_t animdata_filter_ds_materials(
   size_t items = 0;
   int a = 0;
 
-  /* first pass: take the materials referenced via the Material slots of the object */
+  /* First pass: take the materials referenced via the Material slots of the object. */
   for (a = 1; a <= ob->totcol; a++) {
     Material *ma = give_current_material(ob, a);
 
@@ -2235,10 +2259,12 @@ static size_t animdata_filter_ds_materials(
     }
   }
 
-  /* second pass: go through a second time looking for "nested" materials (material.material references)
+  /* Second pass: go through a second time looking for "nested" materials
+   * (material.material references).
    *
-   * NOTE: here we ignore the expanded status of the parent, as it could be too confusing as to why these are
-   *       disappearing/not available, since the relationships between these is not that clear
+   * NOTE: here we ignore the expanded status of the parent, as it could be too confusing as to
+   * why these are disappearing/not available,
+   * since the relationships between these is not that clear.
    */
   if (has_nested) {
     for (a = 1; a <= ob->totcol; a++) {
@@ -2681,7 +2707,8 @@ static size_t animdata_filter_dopesheet_ob(
     /* firstly add object expander if required */
     if (filter_mode & ANIMFILTER_LIST_CHANNELS) {
       /* check if filtering by selection */
-      // XXX: double-check on this - most of the time, a lot of tools need to filter out these channels!
+      /* XXX: double-check on this -
+       * most of the time, a lot of tools need to filter out these channels! */
       if (ANIMCHANNEL_SELOK((base->flag & BASE_SELECTED))) {
         /* check if filtering by active status */
         if (ANIMCHANNEL_ACTIVEOK(ob)) {
@@ -3013,7 +3040,9 @@ static Base **animdata_filter_ds_sorted_bases(bDopeSheet *ads,
   return sorted_bases;
 }
 
-// TODO: implement pinning... (if and when pinning is done, what we need to do is to provide freeing mechanisms - to protect against data that was deleted)
+// TODO: implement pinning...
+// (if and when pinning is done, what we need to do is to provide freeing mechanisms -
+// to protect against data that was deleted).
 static size_t animdata_filter_dopesheet(bAnimContext *ac,
                                         ListBase *anim_data,
                                         bDopeSheet *ads,
@@ -3052,7 +3081,8 @@ static size_t animdata_filter_dopesheet(bAnimContext *ac,
   /* movie clip's animation */
   items += animdata_filter_dopesheet_movieclips(ac, anim_data, ads, filter_mode);
 
-  /* scene-linked animation - e.g. world, compositing nodes, scene anim (including sequencer currently) */
+  /* Scene-linked animation - e.g. world, compositing nodes, scene anim
+   * (including sequencer currently). */
   items += animdata_filter_dopesheet_scene(ac, anim_data, ads, scene, filter_mode);
 
   /* If filtering for channel drawing, we want the objects in alphabetical order,
@@ -3133,8 +3163,8 @@ static short animdata_filter_dopesheet_summary(bAnimContext *ac,
       (*items)++;
     }
 
-    /* if summary is collapsed, don't show other channels beneath this
-     * - this check is put inside the summary check so that it doesn't interfere with normal operation
+    /* If summary is collapsed, don't show other channels beneath this - this check is put inside
+     * the summary check so that it doesn't interfere with normal operation.
      */
     if (ads->flag & ADS_FLAG_SUMMARY_COLLAPSED)
       return 0;
@@ -3281,7 +3311,8 @@ size_t ANIM_animdata_filter(bAnimContext *ac,
           }
         }
         else {
-          /* the check for the DopeSheet summary is included here since the summary works here too */
+          /* The check for the DopeSheet summary is included here
+           * since the summary works here too. */
           if (animdata_filter_dopesheet_summary(ac, anim_data, filter_mode, &items))
             items += animfilter_action(ac, anim_data, ads, data, filter_mode, (ID *)obact);
         }
@@ -3300,7 +3331,8 @@ size_t ANIM_animdata_filter(bAnimContext *ac,
           }
         }
         else {
-          /* the check for the DopeSheet summary is included here since the summary works here too */
+          /* The check for the DopeSheet summary is included here
+           * since the summary works here too. */
           if (animdata_filter_dopesheet_summary(ac, anim_data, filter_mode, &items))
             items = animdata_filter_shapekey(ac, anim_data, key, filter_mode);
         }
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/animation/anim_ipo_utils.c b/source/blender/editors/animation/anim_ipo_utils.c
index fd22fa16fe8..e34d12bc8fa 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/animation/anim_ipo_utils.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/animation/anim_ipo_utils.c
@@ -43,9 +43,13 @@
 
 /* ----------------------- Getter functions ----------------------- */
 
-/* Write into "name" buffer, the name of the property (retrieved using RNA from the curve's settings),
+/**
+ * Write into "name" buffer, the name of the property
+ * (retrieved using RNA from the curve's settings),
  * and return the icon used for the struct that this property refers to
- * WARNING: name buffer we're writing to cannot exceed 256 chars (check anim_channels_defines.c for details)
+ *
+ * \warning name buffer we're writing to cannot exceed 256 chars
+ * (check anim_channels_defines.c for details).
  */
 int getname_anim_fcurve(char *name, ID *id, FCurve *fcu)
 {
@@ -83,17 +87,19 @@ int getname_anim_fcurve(char *name, ID *id, FCurve *fcu)
        * 2) <array-index> <property-name> (<struct name>)
        *     i.e. X Location (Bone1), or X Location (Object)
        *
-       * Currently, option 2 is in use, to try and make it easier to quickly identify F-Curves (it does have
-       * problems with looking rather odd though). Option 1 is better in terms of revealing a consistent sense of
-       * hierarchy though, which isn't so clear with option 2.
+       * Currently, option 2 is in use, to try and make it easier to quickly identify F-Curves
+       * (it does have problems with looking rather odd though).
+       * Option 1 is better in terms of revealing a consistent sense of hierarchy though,
+       * which isn't so clear with option 2.
        */
 
-      /* for structname
-       * - as base, we use a custom name from the structs if one is available
-       * - however, if we're showing subdata of bones (probably there will be other exceptions later)
-       *   need to include that info too since it gets confusing otherwise
-       * - if a pointer just refers to the ID-block, then don't repeat this info
-       *   since this just introduces clutter
+      /* For structname:
+       * - As base, we use a custom name from the structs if one is available
+       * - However, if we're showing subdata of bones
+       *   (probably there will be other exceptions later).
+       *   need to include that info too since it gets confusing otherwise.
+       * - If a pointer just refers to the ID-block, then don't repeat this info
+       *   since this just introduces clutter.
        */
       if (strstr(fcu->rna_path, "bones") && strstr(fcu->rna_path, "constraints")) {
         /* perform string 'chopping' to get "Bone Name : Constraint Name" */
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/animation/anim_markers.c b/source/blender/editors/animation/anim_markers.c
index beffa47b2c5..8bffb943824 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/animation/anim_markers.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/animation/anim_markers.c
@@ -118,7 +118,8 @@ ListBase *ED_animcontext_get_markers(const bAnimContext *ac)
 /**
  * Apply some transformation to markers after the fact
  *
- * \param markers: List of markers to affect - this may or may not be the scene markers list, so don't assume anything
+ * \param markers: List of markers to affect - this may or may not be the scene markers list,
+ * so don't assume anything.
  * \param scene: Current scene (for getting current frame)
  * \param mode: (TfmMode) transform mode that this transform is for
  * \param value: From the transform code, this is ``t->vec[0]``
@@ -326,7 +327,8 @@ TimeMarker *ED_markers_get_first_selected(ListBase *markers)
 /* --------------------------------- */
 
 /* Print debugging prints of list of markers
- * BSI's: do NOT make static or put in if-defs as "unused code". That's too much trouble when we need to use for quick debugging!
+ * BSI's: do NOT make static or put in if-defs as "unused code".
+ * That's too much trouble when we need to use for quick debugging!
  */
 void debug_markers_print_list(ListBase *markers)
 {
@@ -1504,7 +1506,13 @@ static void MARKER_OT_rename(wmOperatorType *ot)
                             sizeof(((TimeMarker *)NULL)->name),
                             "Name",
                             "New name for marker");
-  //RNA_def_boolean(ot->srna, "ensure_unique", 0, "Ensure Unique", "Ensure that new name is unique within collection of markers");
+#if 0
+  RNA_def_boolean(ot->srna,
+                  "ensure_unique",
+                  0,
+                  "Ensure Unique",
+                  "Ensure that new name is unique within collection of markers");
+#endif
 }
 
 /* **************** make links to scene ***************** */
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/animation/anim_motion_paths.c b/source/blender/editors/animation/anim_motion_paths.c
index b1183167945..5ea36627e7a 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/animation/anim_motion_paths.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/animation/anim_motion_paths.c
@@ -249,7 +249,8 @@ void animviz_calc_motionpaths(Depsgraph *depsgraph,
   /* get copies of objects/bones to get the calculated results from
    * (for copy-on-write evaluation), so that we actually get some results
    */
-  // TODO: Create a copy of background depsgraph that only contain these entities, and only evaluates them..
+  // TODO: Create a copy of background depsgraph that only contain these entities,
+  // and only evaluates them.
   for (MPathTarget *mpt = targets->first; mpt; mpt = mpt->next) {
     mpt->ob_eval = DEG_get_evaluated_object(depsgraph, mpt->ob);
 
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/animation/drivers.c b/source/blender/editors/animation/drivers.c
index 92c292f67e8..3f930aae47f 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/animation/drivers.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/animation/drivers.c
@@ -102,7 +102,8 @@ FCurve *verify_driver_fcurve(ID *id, const char rna_path[], const int array_inde
     fcu->rna_path = BLI_strdup(rna_path);
     fcu->array_index = array_index;
 
-    /* if add is negative, don't init this data yet, since it will be filled in by the pasted driver */
+    /* If add is negative, don't init this data yet,
+     * since it will be filled in by the pasted driver. */
     if (add > 0) {
       BezTriple *bezt;
       size_t i;
@@ -629,8 +630,9 @@ bool ANIM_copy_driver(
 
   /* copy this to the copy/paste buf if it exists */
   if (fcu && fcu->driver) {
-    /* make copies of some info such as the rna_path, then clear this info from the F-Curve temporarily
-     * so that we don't end up wasting memory storing the path which won't get used ever...
+    /* Make copies of some info such as the rna_path, then clear this info from the
+     * F-Curve temporarily so that we don't end up wasting memory storing the path
+     * which won't get used ever.
      */
     char *tmp_path = fcu->rna_path;
     fcu->rna_path = NULL;
@@ -916,7 +918,8 @@ static bool add_driver_button_poll(bContext *C)
   return (fcu == NULL || fcu->driver);
 }
 
-/* Wrapper for creating a driver without knowing what the targets will be yet (i.e. "manual/add later") */
+/* Wrapper for creating a driver without knowing what the targets will be yet
+ * (i.e. "manual/add later"). */
 static int add_driver_button_none(bContext *C, wmOperator *op, short mapping_type)
 {
   PointerRNA ptr = {{NULL}};
@@ -963,7 +966,8 @@ static int add_driver_button_menu_exec(bContext *C, wmOperator *op)
     /* Create Driver using Eyedropper */
     wmOperatorType *ot = WM_operatortype_find("UI_OT_eyedropper_driver", true);
 
-    /* XXX: We assume that it's fine to use the same set of properties, since they're actually the same... */
+    /* XXX: We assume that it's fine to use the same set of properties,
+     * since they're actually the same. */
     WM_operator_name_call_ptr(C, ot, WM_OP_INVOKE_DEFAULT, op->ptr);
 
     return OPERATOR_FINISHED;
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/animation/fmodifier_ui.c b/source/blender/editors/animation/fmodifier_ui.c
index 919090cdee9..9e96023b272 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/animation/fmodifier_ui.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/animation/fmodifier_ui.c
@@ -63,7 +63,8 @@
 /* UI STUFF */
 
 // XXX! --------------------------------
-/* temporary definition for limits of float number buttons (FLT_MAX tends to infinity with old system) */
+/* Temporary definition for limits of float number buttons
+ * (FLT_MAX tends to infinity with old system). */
 #define UI_FLT_MAX 10000.0f
 
 #define B_REDR 1
@@ -97,7 +98,8 @@ static void delete_fmodifier_cb(bContext *C, void *ctx_v, void *fcm_v)
   ED_undo_push(C, "Delete F-Curve Modifier");
 
   /* send notifiers */
-  // XXX for now, this is the only way to get updates in all the right places... but would be nice to have a special one in this case
+  /* XXX for now, this is the only way to get updates in all the right places...
+   * but would be nice to have a special one in this case. */
   WM_event_add_notifier(C, NC_ANIMATION | ND_KEYFRAME | NA_EDITED, NULL);
   DEG_id_tag_update(ctx->fcurve_owner_id, ID_RECALC_ANIMATION);
 }
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/animation/keyframes_draw.c b/source/blender/editors/animation/keyframes_draw.c
index de8e6bb1362..86b438846c9 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/animation/keyframes_draw.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/animation/keyframes_draw.c
@@ -211,7 +211,8 @@ static void nupdate_ak_bezt(void *node, void *data)
   /* count keyframes in this column */
   ak->totkey++;
 
-  /* for keyframe type, 'proper' keyframes have priority over breakdowns (and other types for now) */
+  /* For keyframe type, 'proper' keyframes have priority over breakdowns
+   * (and other types for now). */
   if (BEZKEYTYPE(bezt) == BEZT_KEYTYPE_KEYFRAME)
     ak->key_type = BEZT_KEYTYPE_KEYFRAME;
 
@@ -273,7 +274,8 @@ static void nupdate_ak_gpframe(void *node, void *data)
   /* count keyframes in this column */
   ak->totkey++;
 
-  /* for keyframe type, 'proper' keyframes have priority over breakdowns (and other types for now) */
+  /* for keyframe type, 'proper' keyframes have priority over breakdowns
+   * (and other types for now). */
   if (gpf->key_type == BEZT_KEYTYPE_KEYFRAME)
     ak->key_type = BEZT_KEYTYPE_KEYFRAME;
 }
@@ -777,8 +779,10 @@ static void draw_keylist(View2D *v2d,
     /* count keys */
     uint key_len = 0;
     for (ActKeyColumn *ak = keys->first; ak; ak = ak->next) {
-      /* optimization: if keyframe doesn't appear within 5 units (screenspace) in visible area, don't draw
-       * - this might give some improvements, since we current have to flip between view/region matrices
+      /* Optimization: if keyframe doesn't appear within 5 units (screenspace)
+       * in visible area, don't draw.
+       * This might give some improvements,
+       * since we current have to flip between view/region matrices.
        */
       if (IN_RANGE_INCL(ak->cfra, v2d->cur.xmin, v2d->cur.xmax))
         key_len++;
@@ -1216,7 +1220,8 @@ void gpl_to_keylist(bDopeSheet *UNUSED(ads), bGPDlayer *gpl, DLRBT_Tree *keys)
   bGPDframe *gpf;
 
   if (gpl && keys) {
-    /* although the frames should already be in an ordered list, they are not suitable for displaying yet */
+    /* Although the frames should already be in an ordered list,
+     * they are not suitable for displaying yet. */
     for (gpf = gpl->frames.first; gpf; gpf = gpf->next)
       add_gpframe_to_keycolumns_list(keys, gpf);
 
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/animation/keyframes_edit.c b/source/blender/editors/animation/keyframes_edit.c
index bb0ab112af4..e0df1942495 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/animation/keyframes_edit.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/animation/keyframes_edit.c
@@ -43,7 +43,8 @@
 #include "ED_keyframes_edit.h"
 #include "ED_markers.h"
 
-/* This file defines an API and set of callback-operators for non-destructive editing of keyframe data.
+/* This file defines an API and set of callback-operators for
+ * non-destructive editing of keyframe data.
  *
  * Two API functions are defined for actually performing the operations on the data:
  * ANIM_fcurve_keyframes_loop()
@@ -146,7 +147,7 @@ short ANIM_fcurve_keyframes_loop(KeyframeEditData *ked,
   return 0;
 }
 
-/* -------------------------------- Further Abstracted (Not Exposed Directly) ----------------------------- */
+/* --------------------- Further Abstracted (Not Exposed Directly) ----------------------------- */
 
 /* This function is used to loop over the keyframe data in an Action Group */
 static short agrp_keyframes_loop(KeyframeEditData *ked,
@@ -467,9 +468,11 @@ void ANIM_editkeyframes_refresh(bAnimContext *ac)
 /* ------------------------ */
 /* Some macros to make this easier... */
 
-/* run the given check on the 3 handles
- * - check should be a macro, which takes the handle index as its single arg, which it substitutes later
- * - requires that a var, of type short, is named 'ok', and has been initialized to 0
+/* run the given check on the 3 handles:
+ * - Check should be a macro, which takes the handle index as its single arg,
+ *   which it substitutes later.
+ * - Requires that a var, of type short, is named 'ok',
+ *   and has been initialized to 0.
  */
 #define KEYFRAME_OK_CHECKS(check) \
   { \
@@ -529,9 +532,10 @@ static short ok_bezier_value(KeyframeEditData *ked, BezTriple *bezt)
 {
   short ok = 0;
 
-  /* value is stored in f1 property
-   * - this float accuracy check may need to be dropped?
-   * - should value be stored in f2 instead so that we won't have conflicts when using f1 for frames too?
+  /* Value is stored in f1 property:
+   * - This float accuracy check may need to be dropped?
+   * - Should value be stored in f2 instead
+   *   so that we won't have conflicts when using f1 for frames too?
    */
 #define KEY_CHECK_OK(_index) IS_EQF(bezt->vec[_index][1], ked->f1)
   KEYFRAME_OK_CHECKS(KEY_CHECK_OK);
@@ -998,8 +1002,10 @@ KeyframeEditFunc ANIM_editkeyframes_mirror(short type)
 /* ******************************************* */
 /* Settings */
 
-/* standard validation step for a few of these (implemented as macro for inlining without fn-call overhead):
- * "if the handles are not of the same type, set them to type free"
+/**
+ * Standard validation step for a few of these
+ * (implemented as macro for inlining without fn-call overhead):
+ * "if the handles are not of the same type, set them to type free".
  */
 #define ENSURE_HANDLES_MATCH(bezt) \
   if (bezt->h1 != bezt->h2) { \
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/animation/keyframes_general.c b/source/blender/editors/animation/keyframes_general.c
index 945327ed78b..3109ae6c553 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/animation/keyframes_general.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/animation/keyframes_general.c
@@ -173,8 +173,9 @@ void duplicate_fcurve_keys(FCurve *fcu)
 /* **************************************************** */
 /* Various Tools */
 
-/* Basic F-Curve 'cleanup' function that removes 'double points' and unnecessary keyframes on linear-segments only
- * optionally clears up curve if one keyframe with default value remains
+/**
+ * Basic F-Curve 'cleanup' function that removes 'double points' and unnecessary keyframes on
+ * linear-segments only optionally clears up curve if one keyframe with default value remains.
  */
 void clean_fcurve(struct bAnimContext *ac, bAnimListElem *ale, float thresh, bool cleardefault)
 {
@@ -373,7 +374,8 @@ void smooth_fcurve(FCurve *fcu)
     /* round 1: calculate smoothing deltas and new values */
     tsb = tarray;
     for (i = 0; i < totSel; i++, tsb++) {
-      /* don't touch end points (otherwise, curves slowly explode, as we don't have enough data there) */
+      /* Don't touch end points (otherwise, curves slowly explode,
+       * as we don't have enough data there). */
       if (ELEM(i, 0, (totSel - 1)) == 0) {
         const tSmooth_Bezt *tP1 = tsb - 1;
         const tSmooth_Bezt *tP2 = (i - 2 > 0) ? (tsb - 2) : (NULL);
@@ -500,11 +502,12 @@ void sample_fcurve(FCurve *fcu)
 }
 
 /* **************************************************** */
-/* Copy/Paste Tools */
-/* - The copy/paste buffer currently stores a set of temporary F-Curves containing only the keyframes
- *   that were selected in each of the original F-Curves
- * - All pasted frames are offset by the same amount. This is calculated as the difference in the times of
- *   the current frame and the 'first keyframe' (i.e. the earliest one in all channels).
+/* Copy/Paste Tools:
+ * - The copy/paste buffer currently stores a set of temporary F-Curves containing only the
+ *   keyframes that were selected in each of the original F-Curves.
+ * - All pasted frames are offset by the same amount.
+ *   This is calculated as the difference in the times of the current frame and the
+ *   'first keyframe' (i.e. the earliest one in all channels).
  * - The earliest frame is calculated per copy operation.
  */
 
@@ -591,8 +594,9 @@ short copy_animedit_keys(bAnimContext *ac, ListBase *anim_data)
     aci->rna_path = MEM_dupallocN(fcu->rna_path);
     aci->array_index = fcu->array_index;
 
-    /* detect if this is a bone. We do that here rather than during pasting because ID pointers will get invalidated if we undo.
-     * storing the relevant information here helps avoiding crashes if we undo-repaste */
+    /* Detect if this is a bone. We do that here rather than during pasting because ID pointers
+     * will get invalidated if we undo.
+     * Storing the relevant information here helps avoiding crashes if we undo-repaste. */
     if ((aci->id_type == ID_OB) && (((Object *)aci->id)->type == OB_ARMATURE) && aci->rna_path) {
       Object *ob = (Object *)aci->id;
       bPoseChannel *pchan;
@@ -1005,10 +1009,11 @@ short paste_animedit_keys(bAnimContext *ac,
       unsigned int totmatch = 0;
 
       for (ale = anim_data->first; ale; ale = ale->next) {
-        /* find buffer item to paste from
-         * - if names don't matter (i.e. only 1 channel in buffer), don't check id/group
-         * - if names do matter, only check if id-type is ok for now (group check is not that important)
-         * - most importantly, rna-paths should match (array indices are unimportant for now)
+        /* Find buffer item to paste from:
+         * - If names don't matter (i.e. only 1 channel in buffer), don't check id/group
+         * - If names do matter, only check if id-type is ok for now
+         *   (group check is not that important).
+         * - Most importantly, rna-paths should match (array indices are unimportant for now)
          */
         AnimData *adt = ANIM_nla_mapping_get(ac, ale);
         FCurve *fcu = (FCurve *)ale->data; /* destination F-Curve */
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/animation/keyframing.c b/source/blender/editors/animation/keyframing.c
index cc8dbbca439..56c52665613 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/animation/keyframing.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/animation/keyframing.c
@@ -398,7 +398,8 @@ int insert_bezt_fcurve(FCurve *fcu, const BezTriple *bezt, eInsertKeyFlags flag)
         }
 
         if (flag & INSERTKEY_CYCLE_AWARE) {
-          /* If replacing an end point of a cyclic curve without offset, modify the other end too. */
+          /* If replacing an end point of a cyclic curve without offset,
+           * modify the other end too. */
           if ((i == 0 || i == fcu->totvert - 1) &&
               BKE_fcurve_get_cycle_type(fcu) == FCU_CYCLE_PERFECT) {
             replace_bezt_keyframe_ypos(&fcu->bezt[i == 0 ? fcu->totvert - 1 : 0], bezt);
@@ -411,7 +412,8 @@ int insert_bezt_fcurve(FCurve *fcu, const BezTriple *bezt, eInsertKeyFlags flag)
       /* insert new - if we're not restricted to replacing keyframes only */
       BezTriple *newb = MEM_callocN((fcu->totvert + 1) * sizeof(BezTriple), "beztriple");
 
-      /* add the beztriples that should occur before the beztriple to be pasted (originally in fcu) */
+      /* Add the beztriples that should occur before the beztriple to be pasted
+       * (originally in fcu). */
       if (i > 0)
         memcpy(newb, fcu->bezt, i * sizeof(BezTriple));
 
@@ -545,9 +547,10 @@ int insert_vert_fcurve(
   if ((fcu->totvert > 2) && (flag & INSERTKEY_REPLACE) == 0) {
     BezTriple *bezt = (fcu->bezt + a);
 
-    /* set interpolation from previous (if available), but only if we didn't just replace some keyframe
-     * - replacement is indicated by no-change in number of verts
-     * - when replacing, the user may have specified some interpolation that should be kept
+    /* Set interpolation from previous (if available),
+     * but only if we didn't just replace some keyframe:
+     * - Replacement is indicated by no-change in number of verts.
+     * - When replacing, the user may have specified some interpolation that should be kept.
      */
     if (fcu->totvert > oldTot) {
       if (a > 0)
@@ -1146,8 +1149,9 @@ static bool insert_keyframe_value(ReportList *reports,
 }
 
 /* Secondary Keyframing API call:
- * Use this when validation of necessary animation data is not necessary, since an RNA-pointer to the necessary
- * data being keyframed, and a pointer to the F-Curve to use have both been provided.
+ * Use this when validation of necessary animation data is not necessary,
+ * since an RNA-pointer to the necessary data being keyframed,
+ * and a pointer to the F-Curve to use have both been provided.
  *
  * This function can't keyframe quaternion channels on some NLA strip types.
  *
@@ -2205,8 +2209,9 @@ static int delete_key_v3d_exec(bContext *C, wmOperator *op)
           continue;
         }
 
-        /* special exception for bones, as this makes this operator more convenient to use
-         * NOTE: This is only done in pose mode. In object mode, we're dealing with the entire object.
+        /* Special exception for bones, as this makes this operator more convenient to use
+         * NOTE: This is only done in pose mode.
+         * In object mode, we're dealing with the entire object.
          */
         if ((ob->mode & OB_MODE_POSE) && strstr(fcu->rna_path, "pose.bones[\"")) {
           bPoseChannel *pchan;
@@ -2355,8 +2360,9 @@ static int insert_key_button_exec(bContext *C, wmOperator *op)
         const char *group = NULL;
 
         /* Special exception for keyframing transforms:
-         * Set "group" for this manually, instead of having them appearing at the bottom (ungrouped)
-         * part of the channels list. Leaving these ungrouped is not a nice user behavior in this case.
+         * Set "group" for this manually, instead of having them appearing at the bottom
+         * (ungrouped) part of the channels list.
+         * Leaving these ungrouped is not a nice user behavior in this case.
          *
          * TODO: Perhaps we can extend this behavior in future for other properties...
          */
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/animation/keyingsets.c b/source/blender/editors/animation/keyingsets.c
index 93bae636571..90651a55a42 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/animation/keyingsets.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/animation/keyingsets.c
@@ -461,7 +461,8 @@ void ANIM_OT_keyingset_button_remove(wmOperatorType *ot)
 /* ******************************************* */
 
 /* Change Active KeyingSet Operator ------------------------ */
-/* This operator checks if a menu should be shown for choosing the KeyingSet to make the active one */
+/* This operator checks if a menu should be shown
+ * for choosing the KeyingSet to make the active one. */
 
 static int keyingset_active_menu_invoke(bContext *C, wmOperator *op, const wmEvent *UNUSED(event))
 {
@@ -526,7 +527,7 @@ ListBase builtin_keyingsets = {NULL, NULL};
 
 /* --------------- */
 
-/* Find KeyingSet type info given a name */
+/* Find KeyingSet type info given a name. */
 KeyingSetInfo *ANIM_keyingset_info_find_name(const char name[])
 {
   /* sanity checks */
@@ -537,7 +538,7 @@ KeyingSetInfo *ANIM_keyingset_info_find_name(const char name[])
   return BLI_findstring(&keyingset_type_infos, name, offsetof(KeyingSetInfo, idname));
 }
 
-/* Find builtin KeyingSet by name */
+/* Find builtin KeyingSet by name. */
 KeyingSet *ANIM_builtin_keyingset_get_named(KeyingSet *prevKS, const char name[])
 {
   KeyingSet *ks, *first = NULL;
@@ -569,7 +570,8 @@ KeyingSet *ANIM_builtin_keyingset_get_named(KeyingSet *prevKS, const char name[]
 
 /* --------------- */
 
-/* Add the given KeyingSetInfo to the list of type infos, and create an appropriate builtin set too */
+/* Add the given KeyingSetInfo to the list of type infos,
+ * and create an appropriate builtin set too. */
 void ANIM_keyingset_info_register(KeyingSetInfo *ksi)
 {
   KeyingSet *ks;
@@ -589,7 +591,8 @@ void ANIM_keyingset_info_register(KeyingSetInfo *ksi)
   BLI_addtail(&keyingset_type_infos, ksi);
 }
 
-/* Remove the given KeyingSetInfo from the list of type infos, and also remove the builtin set if appropriate */
+/* Remove the given KeyingSetInfo from the list of type infos,
+ * and also remove the builtin set if appropriate. */
 void ANIM_keyingset_info_unregister(Main *bmain, KeyingSetInfo *ksi)
 {
   KeyingSet *ks, *ksn;
@@ -1037,7 +1040,8 @@ int ANIM_apply_keyingset(
       continue;
     }
 
-    /* since keying settings can be defined on the paths too, apply the settings for this path first */
+    /* Since keying settings can be defined on the paths too,
+     * apply the settings for this path first. */
     kflag2 = keyingset_apply_keying_flags(kflag, ksp->keyingoverride, ksp->keyingflag);
 
     /* get pointer to name of group to add channels to */
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/armature/armature_add.c b/source/blender/editors/armature/armature_add.c
index b5d7975a0c5..40526eb82fe 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/armature/armature_add.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/armature/armature_add.c
@@ -1206,6 +1206,7 @@ void ARMATURE_OT_subdivide(wmOperatorType *ot)
 
   /* Properties */
   prop = RNA_def_int(ot->srna, "number_cuts", 1, 1, 1000, "Number of Cuts", "", 1, 10);
-  /* avoid re-using last var because it can cause _very_ high poly meshes and annoy users (or worse crash) */
+  /* Avoid re-using last var because it can cause
+   * _very_ high poly meshes and annoy users (or worse crash) */
   RNA_def_property_flag(prop, PROP_SKIP_SAVE);
 }
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/armature/armature_edit.c b/source/blender/editors/armature/armature_edit.c
index 0e6a3eb5695..ad563e569c3 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/armature/armature_edit.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/armature/armature_edit.c
@@ -917,17 +917,17 @@ static void bones_merge(
   newbone->flag = start->flag & (BONE_HINGE | BONE_NO_DEFORM | BONE_NO_SCALE |
                                  BONE_NO_CYCLICOFFSET | BONE_NO_LOCAL_LOCATION | BONE_DONE);
 
-  /* step 2a: reparent any side chains which may be parented to any bone in the chain of bones to merge
-   * - potentially several tips for side chains leading to some tree exist...
+  /* Step 2a: reparent any side chains which may be parented to any bone in the chain
+   * of bones to merge - potentially several tips for side chains leading to some tree exist.
    */
   for (chain = chains->first; chain; chain = chain->next) {
-    /* traverse down chain until we hit the bottom or if we run into the tip of the chain of bones we're
-     * merging (need to stop in this case to avoid corrupting this chain too!)
+    /* Traverse down chain until we hit the bottom or if we run into the tip of the chain of bones
+     * we're merging (need to stop in this case to avoid corrupting this chain too!).
      */
     for (ebone = chain->data; (ebone) && (ebone != end); ebone = ebone->parent) {
       short found = 0;
 
-      /* check if this bone is parented to one in the merging chain
+      /* Check if this bone is parented to one in the merging chain
        * ! WATCHIT: must only go check until end of checking chain
        */
       for (ebo = end; (ebo) && (ebo != start->parent); ebo = ebo->parent) {
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/armature/armature_naming.c b/source/blender/editors/armature/armature_naming.c
index b1f0297bb29..6bf289c1b95 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/armature/armature_naming.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/armature/armature_naming.c
@@ -318,8 +318,9 @@ void ED_armature_bone_rename(Main *bmain,
       DEG_id_tag_update(&ob->id, ID_RECALC_COPY_ON_WRITE);
     }
 
-    /* Fix all animdata that may refer to this bone - we can't just do the ones attached to objects, since
-     * other ID-blocks may have drivers referring to this bone [#29822]
+    /* Fix all animdata that may refer to this bone -
+     * we can't just do the ones attached to objects,
+     * since other ID-blocks may have drivers referring to this bone T29822.
      */
     // XXX: the ID here is for armatures, but most bone drivers are actually on the object instead...
     {
@@ -376,8 +377,8 @@ void ED_armature_bones_flip_names(Main *bmain,
   BoneFlipNameData *bfn;
 
   /* First pass: generate flip names, and blindly rename.
-   * If rename did not yield expected result, store both bone's name and expected flipped one into temp list
-   * for second pass. */
+   * If rename did not yield expected result,
+   * store both bone's name and expected flipped one into temp list for second pass. */
   for (LinkData *link = bones_names->first; link; link = link->next) {
     char name_flip[MAXBONENAME];
     char *name = link->data;
@@ -397,8 +398,9 @@ void ED_armature_bones_flip_names(Main *bmain,
   }
 
   /* Second pass to handle the bones that have naming conflicts with other bones.
-   * Note that if the other bone was not selected, its name was not flipped, so conflict remains and that second
-   * rename simply generates a new numbered alternative name. */
+   * Note that if the other bone was not selected, its name was not flipped,
+   * so conflict remains and that second rename simply generates a new numbered alternative name.
+   */
   for (bfn = bones_names_conflicts.first; bfn; bfn = bfn->next) {
     ED_armature_bone_rename(bmain, arm, bfn->name, bfn->name_flip);
   }
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/armature/armature_ops.c b/source/blender/editors/armature/armature_ops.c
index c820077fbf9..3401c6ed157 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/armature/armature_ops.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/armature/armature_ops.c
@@ -172,8 +172,9 @@ void ED_operatormacros_armature(void)
   otmacro = WM_operatortype_macro_define(ot, "TRANSFORM_OT_translate");
   RNA_enum_set(otmacro->ptr, "proportional", 0);
 
-  /* XXX would it be nicer to just be able to have standard extrude_move, but set the forked property separate?
-   * that would require fixing a properties bug 19733 */
+  /* XXX would it be nicer to just be able to have standard extrude_move,
+   * but set the forked property separate?
+   * that would require fixing a properties bug T19733. */
   ot = WM_operatortype_append_macro("ARMATURE_OT_extrude_forked",
                                     "Extrude Forked",
                                     "Create new bones from the selected joints and move them",
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/armature/armature_relations.c b/source/blender/editors/armature/armature_relations.c
index 6226059e794..5d193c56c06 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/armature/armature_relations.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/armature/armature_relations.c
@@ -116,9 +116,10 @@ typedef struct tJoinArmature_AdtFixData {
   GHash *names_map;
 } tJoinArmature_AdtFixData;
 
-/* Callback to pass to BKE_animdata_main_cb() for fixing driver ID's to point to the new ID */
-/* FIXME: For now, we only care about drivers here. When editing rigs, it's very rare to have animation
- *        on the rigs being edited already, so it should be safe to skip these.
+/* Callback to pass to BKE_animdata_main_cb() for fixing driver ID's to point to the new ID. */
+/* FIXME: For now, we only care about drivers here.
+ *        When editing rigs, it's very rare to have animation on the rigs being edited already,
+ *        so it should be safe to skip these.
  */
 static void joined_armature_fix_animdata_cb(ID *id, FCurve *fcu, void *user_data)
 {
@@ -591,12 +592,13 @@ static int separate_armature_exec(bContext *C, wmOperator *op)
     Object *oldob, *newob;
     Base *oldbase, *newbase;
 
-    /* we are going to do this as follows (unlike every other instance of separate):
-     * 1. exit editmode +posemode for active armature/base. Take note of what this is.
-     * 2. duplicate base - BASACT is the new one now
-     * 3. for each of the two armatures, enter editmode -> remove appropriate bones -> exit editmode + recalc
-     * 4. fix constraint links
-     * 5. make original armature active and enter editmode
+    /* We are going to do this as follows (unlike every other instance of separate):
+     * 1. Exit editmode +posemode for active armature/base. Take note of what this is.
+     * 2. Duplicate base - BASACT is the new one now
+     * 3. For each of the two armatures,
+     *    enter editmode -> remove appropriate bones -> exit editmode + recalc.
+     * 4. Fix constraint links
+     * 5. Make original armature active and enter editmode
      */
 
     /* 1) only edit-base selected */
@@ -672,7 +674,7 @@ void ARMATURE_OT_separate(wmOperatorType *ot)
   ot->flag = OPTYPE_REGISTER | OPTYPE_UNDO;
 }
 
-/* ******************************************** Parenting ************************************************* */
+/* ********************************* Parenting ************************************************* */
 
 /* armature parenting options */
 #define ARM_PAR_CONNECT 1
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/armature/armature_skinning.c b/source/blender/editors/armature/armature_skinning.c
index afbeb8e4377..c267485d553 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/armature/armature_skinning.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/armature/armature_skinning.c
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
 #include "armature_intern.h"
 #include "meshlaplacian.h"
 
-/* ********************************** Bone Skinning *********************************************** */
+/* ******************************* Bone Skinning *********************************************** */
 
 static int bone_skinnable_cb(Object *UNUSED(ob), Bone *bone, void *datap)
 {
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/armature/armature_utils.c b/source/blender/editors/armature/armature_utils.c
index 1afcfaca8aa..ebb0b6b4c22 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/armature/armature_utils.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/armature/armature_utils.c
@@ -551,9 +551,11 @@ EditBone *make_boneList(ListBase *edbo, ListBase *bones, struct Bone *actBone)
 /**
  * This function:
  * - Sets local head/tail rest locations using parent bone's arm_mat.
- * - Calls #BKE_armature_where_is_bone() which uses parent's transform (arm_mat) to define this bone's transform.
+ * - Calls #BKE_armature_where_is_bone() which uses parent's transform (arm_mat)
+ *   to define this bone's transform.
  * - Fixes (converts) EditBone roll into Bone roll.
- * - Calls again #BKE_armature_where_is_bone(), since roll fiddling may have changed things for our bone...
+ * - Calls again #BKE_armature_where_is_bone(),
+ *   since roll fiddling may have changed things for our bone.
  *
  * \note The order is crucial here, we can only handle child
  * if all its parents in chain have already been handled (this is ensured by recursive process).
@@ -565,8 +567,8 @@ static void armature_finalize_restpose(ListBase *bonelist, ListBase *editbonelis
 
   for (curBone = bonelist->first; curBone; curBone = curBone->next) {
     /* Set bone's local head/tail.
-     * Note that it's important to use final parent's restpose (arm_mat) here, instead of setting those values
-     * from editbone's matrix (see T46010). */
+     * Note that it's important to use final parent's restpose (arm_mat) here,
+     * instead of setting those values from editbone's matrix (see T46010). */
     if (curBone->parent) {
       float parmat_inv[4][4];
 
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/armature/pose_edit.c b/source/blender/editors/armature/pose_edit.c
index 9c31b66a3d1..0a886074f42 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/armature/pose_edit.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/armature/pose_edit.c
@@ -78,7 +78,8 @@ Object *ED_pose_object_from_context(bContext *C)
   ScrArea *sa = CTX_wm_area(C);
   Object *ob;
 
-  /* since this call may also be used from the buttons window, we need to check for where to get the object */
+  /* Since this call may also be used from the buttons window,
+   * we need to check for where to get the object. */
   if (sa && sa->spacetype == SPACE_PROPERTIES) {
     ob = ED_object_context(C);
   }
@@ -790,7 +791,8 @@ static int armature_layers_invoke(bContext *C, wmOperator *op, const wmEvent *ev
   if (arm == NULL)
     return OPERATOR_CANCELLED;
 
-  /* get RNA pointer to armature data to use that to retrieve the layers as ints to init the operator */
+  /* Get RNA pointer to armature data to use that to retrieve the layers as ints
+   * to init the operator. */
   RNA_id_pointer_create((ID *)arm, &ptr);
   RNA_boolean_get_array(&ptr, "layers", layers);
   RNA_boolean_set_array(op->ptr, "layers", layers);
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/armature/pose_lib.c b/source/blender/editors/armature/pose_lib.c
index ce809bee71e..f373f775079 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/armature/pose_lib.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/armature/pose_lib.c
@@ -677,7 +677,8 @@ static int poselib_rename_invoke(bContext *C, wmOperator *op, const wmEvent *eve
     return OPERATOR_CANCELLED;
   }
   else {
-    /* use the existing name of the marker as the name, and use the active marker as the one to rename */
+    /* Use the existing name of the marker as the name,
+     * and use the active marker as the one to rename. */
     RNA_enum_set(op->ptr, "pose", act->active_marker - 1);
     RNA_string_set(op->ptr, "name", marker->name);
   }
@@ -1359,7 +1360,11 @@ static int poselib_preview_handle_event(bContext *UNUSED(C), wmOperator *op, con
 
   /* only accept 'press' event, and ignore 'release', so that we don't get double actions */
   if (ELEM(event->val, KM_PRESS, KM_NOTHING) == 0) {
-    //printf("PoseLib: skipping event with type '%s' and val %d\n", WM_key_event_string(event->type, false), event->val);
+#if 0
+    printf("PoseLib: skipping event with type '%s' and val %d\n",
+           WM_key_event_string(event->type, false),
+           event->val);
+#endif
     return ret;
   }
 
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/armature/pose_slide.c b/source/blender/editors/armature/pose_slide.c
index cb9cfa64181..7bc934e07a2 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/armature/pose_slide.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/armature/pose_slide.c
@@ -397,7 +397,8 @@ static void pose_slide_apply_val(tPoseSlideOp *pso, FCurve *fcu, Object *ob, flo
     }
     case POSESLIDE_BREAKDOWN: /* make the current pose slide around between the endpoints */
     {
-      /* perform simple linear interpolation - coefficient for start must come from pso->percentage... */
+      /* Perform simple linear interpolation -
+       * coefficient for start must come from pso->percentage. */
       /* TODO: make this use some kind of spline interpolation instead? */
       (*val) = ((sVal * w2) + (eVal * w1));
       break;
@@ -583,7 +584,8 @@ static void pose_slide_apply_quat(tPoseSlideOp *pso, tPChanFCurveLink *pfl)
 
     /* perform blending */
     if (pso->mode == POSESLIDE_BREAKDOWN) {
-      /* just perform the interpol between quat_prev and quat_next using pso->percentage as a guide */
+      /* Just perform the interpol between quat_prev and
+       * quat_next using pso->percentage as a guide. */
       interp_qt_qtqt(quat_final, quat_prev, quat_next, pso->percentage);
     }
     else if (pso->mode == POSESLIDE_PUSH) {
@@ -1109,7 +1111,8 @@ static int pose_slide_modal(bContext *C, wmOperator *op, const wmEvent *event)
     }
   }
 
-  /* perform pose updates - in response to some user action (e.g. pressing a key or moving the mouse) */
+  /* Perform pose updates - in response to some user action
+   * (e.g. pressing a key or moving the mouse). */
   if (do_pose_update) {
     /* update percentage indicator in header */
     pose_slide_draw_status(pso);
@@ -1396,7 +1399,8 @@ typedef enum ePosePropagate_Termination {
   POSE_PROPAGATE_SELECTED_MARKERS,
 } ePosePropagate_Termination;
 
-/* termination data needed for some modes - assumes only one of these entries will be needed at a time */
+/* Termination data needed for some modes -
+ * assumes only one of these entries will be needed at a time. */
 typedef union tPosePropagate_ModeData {
   /* smart holds + before frame: frame number to stop on */
   float end_frame;
@@ -1656,7 +1660,8 @@ static int pose_propagate_exec(bContext *C, wmOperator *op)
   poseAnim_mapping_get(C, &pflinks);
 
   if (BLI_listbase_is_empty(&pflinks)) {
-    /* There is a change the reason the list is empty is that there is no valid object to propagate poses for.
+    /* There is a change the reason the list is empty is
+     * that there is no valid object to propagate poses for.
      * This is very unlikely though, so we focus on the most likely issue. */
     BKE_report(op->reports, RPT_ERROR, "No keyframed poses to propagate to");
     return OPERATOR_CANCELLED;
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/armature/pose_transform.c b/source/blender/editors/armature/pose_transform.c
index 3a4413f8c1d..824e8b1a327 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/armature/pose_transform.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/armature/pose_transform.c
@@ -244,8 +244,9 @@ static int pose_visual_transform_apply_exec(bContext *C, wmOperator *UNUSED(op))
        * new raw-transform components, don't recalc the poses yet, otherwise IK result will
        * change, thus changing the result we may be trying to record.
        */
-      /* XXX For some reason, we can't use pchan->chan_mat here, gives odd rotation/offset (see T38251).
-       *     Using pchan->pose_mat and bringing it back in bone space seems to work as expected!
+      /* XXX For some reason, we can't use pchan->chan_mat here, gives odd rotation/offset
+       * (see T38251).
+       * Using pchan->pose_mat and bringing it back in bone space seems to work as expected!
        */
       BKE_armature_mat_pose_to_bone(pchan_eval, pchan_eval->pose_mat, delta_mat);
 
@@ -326,7 +327,8 @@ static bPoseChannel *pose_bone_do_paste(Object *ob,
 
   /* only copy when:
    *  1) channel exists - poses are not meant to add random channels to anymore
-   *  2) if selection-masking is on, channel is selected - only selected bones get pasted on, allowing making both sides symmetrical
+   *  2) if selection-masking is on, channel is selected -
+   *     only selected bones get pasted on, allowing making both sides symmetrical.
    */
   pchan = BKE_pose_channel_find_name(ob->pose, name);
 
@@ -667,7 +669,8 @@ static void pchan_clear_rot(bPoseChannel *pchan)
         if ((pchan->protectflag & OB_LOCK_ROTZ) == 0)
           pchan->rotAxis[2] = 0.0f;
 
-        /* check validity of axis - axis should never be 0,0,0 (if so, then we make it rotate about y) */
+        /* check validity of axis - axis should never be 0,0,0
+         * (if so, then we make it rotate about y). */
         if (IS_EQF(pchan->rotAxis[0], pchan->rotAxis[1]) &&
             IS_EQF(pchan->rotAxis[1], pchan->rotAxis[2]))
           pchan->rotAxis[1] = 1.0f;
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/curve/editcurve.c b/source/blender/editors/curve/editcurve.c
index 17582da2256..a787b45c13c 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/curve/editcurve.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/curve/editcurve.c
@@ -733,8 +733,8 @@ static void calc_shapeKeys(Object *obedit, ListBase *newnurbs)
 
       nu = editnurb->nurbs.first;
       /* We need to restore to original curve into newnurb, *not* editcurve's nurbs.
-       * Otherwise, in case we update obdata *without* leaving editmode (e.g. viewport render), we would
-       * invalidate editcurve. */
+       * Otherwise, in case we update obdata *without* leaving editmode (e.g. viewport render),
+       * we would invalidate editcurve. */
       newnu = newnurbs->first;
       i = 0;
       while (nu) {
@@ -1275,9 +1275,10 @@ void ED_curve_editnurb_load(Main *bmain, Object *obedit)
       }
     }
 
-    /* We have to pass also new copied nurbs, since we want to restore original curve (without edited shapekey)
-     * on obdata, but *not* on editcurve itself (ED_curve_editnurb_load call does not always implies freeing
-     * of editcurve, e.g. when called to generate render data...). */
+    /* We have to pass also new copied nurbs, since we want to restore original curve
+     * (without edited shapekey) on obdata, but *not* on editcurve itself
+     * (ED_curve_editnurb_load call does not always implies freeing
+     * of editcurve, e.g. when called to generate render data). */
     calc_shapeKeys(obedit, &newnurb);
 
     cu->nurb = newnurb;
@@ -2288,7 +2289,8 @@ static void adduplicateflagNurb(
     }
     else {
       if (ED_curve_nurb_select_check(v3d, nu)) {
-        /* a rectangular area in nurb has to be selected and if splitting must be in U or V direction */
+        /* A rectangular area in nurb has to be selected and if splitting
+         * must be in U or V direction. */
         usel = MEM_callocN(nu->pntsu, "adduplicateN3");
         bp = nu->bp;
         for (a = 0; a < nu->pntsv; a++) {
@@ -3726,7 +3728,8 @@ void CURVE_OT_subdivide(wmOperatorType *ot)
   ot->flag = OPTYPE_REGISTER | OPTYPE_UNDO;
 
   prop = RNA_def_int(ot->srna, "number_cuts", 1, 1, 1000, "Number of cuts", "", 1, 10);
-  /* avoid re-using last var because it can cause _very_ high poly meshes and annoy users (or worse crash) */
+  /* Avoid re-using last var because it can cause _very_ high poly meshes
+   * and annoy users (or worse crash). */
   RNA_def_property_flag(prop, PROP_SKIP_SAVE);
 }
 
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/gizmo_library/gizmo_geometry.h b/source/blender/editors/gizmo_library/gizmo_geometry.h
index 42cb0c0bc1b..ae8ba3c411b 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/gizmo_library/gizmo_geometry.h
+++ b/source/blender/editors/gizmo_library/gizmo_geometry.h
@@ -22,8 +22,9 @@
  *
  * \name Gizmo Geometry
  *
- * \brief Prototypes for arrays defining the gizmo geometry. The actual definitions can be found in files usually
- *        called geom_xxx_gizmo.c
+ * \brief Prototypes for arrays defining the gizmo geometry.
+ * The actual definitions can be found in files usually
+ * called geom_xxx_gizmo.c
  */
 
 #ifndef __GIZMO_GEOMETRY_H__
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/gizmo_library/gizmo_types/cage2d_gizmo.c b/source/blender/editors/gizmo_library/gizmo_types/cage2d_gizmo.c
index ee1d3c8eba4..3e382cf97a6 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/gizmo_library/gizmo_types/cage2d_gizmo.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/gizmo_library/gizmo_types/cage2d_gizmo.c
@@ -937,7 +937,8 @@ static int gizmo_cage2d_modal(bContext *C,
   }
   /* For transform logic to be manageable we operate in -0.5..0.5 2D space,
    * no matter the size of the rectangle, mouse coords are scaled to unit space.
-   * The mouse coords have been projected into the matrix so we don't need to worry about axis alignment.
+   * The mouse coords have been projected into the matrix
+   * so we don't need to worry about axis alignment.
    *
    * - The cursor offset are multiplied by 'dims'.
    * - Matrix translation is also multiplied by 'dims'.
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/gizmo_library/gizmo_types/cage3d_gizmo.c b/source/blender/editors/gizmo_library/gizmo_types/cage3d_gizmo.c
index 441ebac6017..323ae38c27c 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/gizmo_library/gizmo_types/cage3d_gizmo.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/gizmo_library/gizmo_types/cage3d_gizmo.c
@@ -470,7 +470,8 @@ static int gizmo_cage3d_modal(bContext *C,
   }
   /* For transform logic to be manageable we operate in -0.5..0.5 2D space,
    * no matter the size of the rectangle, mouse coords are scaled to unit space.
-   * The mouse coords have been projected into the matrix so we don't need to worry about axis alignment.
+   * The mouse coords have been projected into the matrix
+   * so we don't need to worry about axis alignment.
    *
    * - The cursor offset are multiplied by 'dims'.
    * - Matrix translation is also multiplied by 'dims'.
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/gpencil/annotate_draw.c b/source/blender/editors/gpencil/annotate_draw.c
index a7fa51350ba..b4f0bc03700 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/gpencil/annotate_draw.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/gpencil/annotate_draw.c
@@ -138,8 +138,9 @@ static void gp_draw_stroke_buffer(const tGPspoint *points,
     immBeginAtMost(GPU_PRIM_LINE_STRIP, totpoints);
 
     for (int i = 0; i < totpoints; i++, pt++) {
-      /* if there was a significant pressure change, stop the curve, change the thickness of the stroke,
-       * and continue drawing again (since line-width cannot change in middle of GL_LINE_STRIP)
+      /* If there was a significant pressure change,
+       * stop the curve, change the thickness of the stroke,
+       * and continue drawing again (since line-width cannot change in middle of GL_LINE_STRIP).
        */
       if (fabsf(pt->pressure - oldpressure) > 0.2f) {
         /* need to have 2 points to avoid immEnd assert error */
@@ -277,8 +278,9 @@ static void gp_draw_stroke_3d(const bGPDspoint *points,
   immBeginAtMost(GPU_PRIM_LINE_STRIP, totpoints + cyclic_add);
   const bGPDspoint *pt = points;
   for (int i = 0; i < totpoints; i++, pt++) {
-    /* if there was a significant pressure change, stop the curve, change the thickness of the stroke,
-     * and continue drawing again (since line-width cannot change in middle of GL_LINE_STRIP)
+    /* If there was a significant pressure change, stop the curve,
+     * change the thickness of the stroke, and continue drawing again
+     * (since line-width cannot change in middle of GL_LINE_STRIP)
      * Note: we want more visible levels of pressures when thickness is bigger.
      */
     if (fabsf(pt->pressure - curpressure) > 0.2f / (float)thickness) {
@@ -352,8 +354,9 @@ static void gp_draw_stroke_2d(const bGPDspoint *points,
     scalefac = 0.001f;
   }
 
-  /* tessellation code - draw stroke as series of connected quads (triangle strips in fact) with connection
-   * edges rotated to minimize shrinking artifacts, and rounded endcaps
+  /* Tessellation code - draw stroke as series of connected quads
+   * (triangle strips in fact) with connection edges rotated to minimize shrinking artifacts,
+   * and rounded endcaps.
    */
   {
     const bGPDspoint *pt1, *pt2;
@@ -377,7 +380,8 @@ static void gp_draw_stroke_2d(const bGPDspoint *points,
       float mt[2], sc[2]; /* gradient for thickness, point for end-cap */
       float pthick;       /* thickness at segment point */
 
-      /* get x and y coordinates from point2 (point1 has already been computed in previous iteration). */
+      /* Get x and y coordinates from point2
+       * (point1 has already been computed in previous iteration). */
       gp_calc_2d_stroke_fxy(&pt2->x, sflag, offsx, offsy, winx, winy, s1);
 
       /* calculate gradient and normal - 'angle'=(ny/nx) */
@@ -1041,7 +1045,8 @@ void ED_annotation_draw_2dimage(const bContext *C)
     case SPACE_CLIP:  /* clip */
     {
       /* just draw using standard scaling (settings here are currently ignored anyways) */
-      /* FIXME: the opengl poly-strokes don't draw at right thickness when done this way, so disabled */
+      /* FIXME: the opengl poly-strokes don't draw at right thickness when done this way,
+       * so disabled. */
       offsx = 0;
       offsy = 0;
       sizex = ar->winx;
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/gpencil/annotate_paint.c b/source/blender/editors/gpencil/annotate_paint.c
index aedfc88e43f..899b76e252f 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/gpencil/annotate_paint.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/gpencil/annotate_paint.c
@@ -160,7 +160,8 @@ typedef struct tGPsdata {
 
   /* These need to be doubles, as (at least under unix) they are in seconds since epoch,
    * float (and its 7 digits precision) is definitively not enough here!
-   * double, with its 15 digits precision, ensures us millisecond precision for a few centuries at least.
+   * double, with its 15 digits precision,
+   * ensures us millisecond precision for a few centuries at least.
    */
   /** Used when converting to path. */
   double inittime;
@@ -287,9 +288,10 @@ static bool gp_stroke_filtermval(tGPsdata *p, const float mval[2], float pmval[2
   else if ((dx > MIN_MANHATTEN_PX) && (dy > MIN_MANHATTEN_PX))
     return true;
 
-  /* check if the distance since the last point is significant enough
-   * - prevents points being added too densely
-   * - distance here doesn't use sqrt to prevent slowness... we should still be safe from overflows though
+  /* Check if the distance since the last point is significant enough:
+   * - Prevents points being added too densely
+   * - Distance here doesn't use sqrt to prevent slowness.
+   *   We should still be safe from overflows though.
    */
   else if ((dx * dx + dy * dy) > MIN_EUCLIDEAN_PX * MIN_EUCLIDEAN_PX)
     return true;
@@ -646,7 +648,8 @@ static void gp_stroke_newfrombuffer(tGPsdata *p)
   ToolSettings *ts = p->scene->toolsettings;
 
   int i, totelem;
-  /* since strokes are so fine, when using their depth we need a margin otherwise they might get missed */
+  /* Since strokes are so fine, when using their depth we need a margin
+   * otherwise they might get missed. */
   int depth_margin = (ts->annotate_v3d_align & GP_PROJECT_DEPTH_STROKE) ? 4 : 0;
 
   /* get total number of points to allocate space for
@@ -1718,7 +1721,8 @@ static void gpencil_draw_apply(wmOperator *op, tGPsdata *p, Depsgraph *depsgraph
     p->mvalo[1] = p->mval[1];
     p->opressure = p->pressure;
   }
-  /* only add current point to buffer if mouse moved (even though we got an event, it might be just noise) */
+  /* Only add current point to buffer if mouse moved
+   * (even though we got an event, it might be just noise). */
   else if (gp_stroke_filtermval(p, p->mval, p->mvalo)) {
     /* try to add point */
     short ok = gp_stroke_addpoint(p, p->mval, p->pressure, p->curtime);
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/gpencil/drawgpencil.c b/source/blender/editors/gpencil/drawgpencil.c
index 8110b1f3b9f..47f6e2e5a6e 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/gpencil/drawgpencil.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/gpencil/drawgpencil.c
@@ -274,7 +274,8 @@ static void gp_calc_stroke_text_coordinates(
   }
 }
 
-/* Triangulate stroke for high quality fill (this is done only if cache is null or stroke was modified) */
+/* Triangulate stroke for high quality fill
+ * (this is done only if cache is null or stroke was modified). */
 static void gp_triangulate_stroke_fill(bGPDstroke *gps)
 {
   BLI_assert(gps->totpoints >= 3);
@@ -643,8 +644,8 @@ static void gp_draw_stroke_2d(const bGPDspoint *points,
 
   /* TODO: fancy++ with the magic of shaders */
 
-  /* tessellation code - draw stroke as series of connected quads (triangle strips in fact) with connection
-   * edges rotated to minimize shrinking artifacts, and rounded endcaps
+  /* tessellation code - draw stroke as series of connected quads (triangle strips in fact)
+   * with connection edges rotated to minimize shrinking artifacts, and rounded endcaps.
    */
   {
     const bGPDspoint *pt1, *pt2;
@@ -675,7 +676,8 @@ static void gp_draw_stroke_2d(const bGPDspoint *points,
       float mt[2], sc[2]; /* gradient for thickness, point for end-cap */
       float pthick;       /* thickness at segment point */
 
-      /* get x and y coordinates from point2 (point1 has already been computed in previous iteration). */
+      /* Get x and y coordinates from point2
+       * (point1 has already been computed in previous iteration). */
       mul_v3_m4v3(fpt, diff_mat, &pt2->x);
       gp_calc_2d_stroke_fxy(fpt, sflag, offsx, offsy, winx, winy, s1);
 
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/gpencil/editaction_gpencil.c b/source/blender/editors/gpencil/editaction_gpencil.c
index 4724dc068b6..44e7341b6f7 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/gpencil/editaction_gpencil.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/gpencil/editaction_gpencil.c
@@ -301,12 +301,14 @@ void ED_gplayer_frames_keytype_set(bGPDlayer *gpl, short type)
 }
 
 /* -------------------------------------- */
-/* Copy and Paste Tools */
-/* - The copy/paste buffer currently stores a set of GP_Layers, with temporary
+/* Copy and Paste Tools:
+ * - The copy/paste buffer currently stores a set of GP_Layers, with temporary
  *   GP_Frames with the necessary strokes
- * - Unless there is only one element in the buffer, names are also tested to check for compatibility.
- * - All pasted frames are offset by the same amount. This is calculated as the difference in the times of
- *   the current frame and the 'first keyframe' (i.e. the earliest one in all channels).
+ * - Unless there is only one element in the buffer,
+ *   names are also tested to check for compatibility.
+ * - All pasted frames are offset by the same amount.
+ *   This is calculated as the difference in the times of the current frame and the
+ *   'first keyframe' (i.e. the earliest one in all channels).
  * - The earliest frame is calculated per copy operation.
  */
 
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_add_stroke.c b/source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_add_stroke.c
index d6e068926dd..f6ff5ed4f13 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_add_stroke.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_add_stroke.c
@@ -210,7 +210,8 @@ static const ColorTemplate gp_stroke_material_grey = {
 /* ***************************************************************** */
 /* Stroke API */
 
-/* add a Simple stroke with colors (original design created by Daniel M. Lara and Matias Mendiola) */
+/* Add a Simple stroke with colors
+ * (original design created by Daniel M. Lara and Matias Mendiola). */
 void ED_gpencil_create_stroke(bContext *C, Object *ob, float mat[4][4])
 {
   Main *bmain = CTX_data_main(C);
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_brush.c b/source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_brush.c
index 627e05393ff..c1503bb57b2 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_brush.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_brush.c
@@ -302,7 +302,8 @@ static float gp_brush_influence_calc(tGP_BrushEditData *gso, const int radius, c
 /* ----------------------------------------------- */
 /* Smooth Brush */
 
-/* A simple (but slower + inaccurate) smooth-brush implementation to test the algorithm for stroke smoothing */
+/* A simple (but slower + inaccurate)
+ * smooth-brush implementation to test the algorithm for stroke smoothing. */
 static bool gp_brush_smooth_apply(
     tGP_BrushEditData *gso, bGPDstroke *gps, int pt_index, const int radius, const int co[2])
 {
@@ -351,7 +352,8 @@ static bool gp_brush_thickness_apply(
   inf = gp_brush_influence_calc(gso, radius, co) / 10.0f;
 
   /* apply */
-  // XXX: this is much too strong, and it should probably do some smoothing with the surrounding stuff
+  /* XXX: this is much too strong,
+   * and it should probably do some smoothing with the surrounding stuff. */
   if (gp_brush_invert_check(gso)) {
     /* make line thinner - reduce stroke pressure */
     pt->pressure -= inf;
@@ -801,7 +803,16 @@ static bool gp_brush_randomize_apply(
       mul_v2_fl(svec, fac);
     }
 
-    //printf("%f %f (%f), nco = {%f %f}, co = %d %d\n", svec[0], svec[1], fac, nco[0], nco[1], co[0], co[1]);
+#if 0
+    printf("%f %f (%f), nco = {%f %f}, co = %d %d\n",
+           svec[0],
+           svec[1],
+           fac,
+           nco[0],
+           nco[1],
+           co[0],
+           co[1]);
+#endif
 
     /* convert to dataspace */
     if (gps->flag & GP_STROKE_3DSPACE) {
@@ -1106,7 +1117,8 @@ static void gp_brush_clone_adjust(tGP_BrushEditData *gso)
   gp_brush_grab_calc_dvec(gso);
 
   /* For each of the stored strokes, apply the offset to each point */
-  /* NOTE: Again this assumes that in the 3D view, we only have 3d space and not screenspace strokes... */
+  /* NOTE: Again this assumes that in the 3D view,
+   * we only have 3d space and not screenspace strokes... */
   for (snum = 0; snum < data->totitems; snum++) {
     bGPDstroke *gps = data->new_strokes[snum];
     bGPDspoint *pt;
@@ -1453,7 +1465,8 @@ static bool gpsculpt_brush_do_stroke(tGP_BrushEditData *gso,
       pt1 = gps->points + i;
       pt2 = gps->points + i + 1;
 
-      /* Skip if neither one is selected (and we are only allowed to edit/consider selected points) */
+      /* Skip if neither one is selected
+       * (and we are only allowed to edit/consider selected points) */
       if (gso->settings->flag & GP_SCULPT_SETT_FLAG_SELECT_MASK) {
         if (!(pt1->flag & GP_SPOINT_SELECT) && !(pt2->flag & GP_SPOINT_SELECT)) {
           include_last = false;
@@ -1501,9 +1514,10 @@ static bool gpsculpt_brush_do_stroke(tGP_BrushEditData *gso,
           changed |= ok;
         }
         else if (include_last) {
-          /* This case is for cases where for whatever reason the second vert (1st here) doesn't get included
-           * because the whole edge isn't in bounds, but it would've qualified since it did with the
-           * previous step (but wasn't added then, to avoid double-ups)
+          /* This case is for cases where for whatever reason the second vert (1st here)
+           * doesn't get included because the whole edge isn't in bounds,
+           * but it would've qualified since it did with the previous step
+           * (but wasn't added then, to avoid double-ups).
            */
           changed |= apply(gso, gps, i, radius, pc1);
           include_last = false;
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_convert.c b/source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_convert.c
index c1c797b15be..28d57939e0e 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_convert.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_convert.c
@@ -693,8 +693,10 @@ static void gp_stroke_to_path(bContext *C,
    *   the last segment to get the first point (p1) position and timing.
    * - If we do not have those (quite odd, but may happen), we linearly interpolate the last point
    *   with the first point of the current stroke.
-   * The same goes for the second point, first segment of the current stroke is "negatively" extrapolated
-   * if it exists, else (if the stroke is a single point), linear interpolation with last curve point...
+   *
+   * The same goes for the second point, first segment of the current stroke is "negatively"
+   * extrapolated if it exists, else (if the stroke is a single point),
+   * linear interpolation with last curve point.
    */
   if (curnu && !stitch && old_nbp) {
     float p1[3], p2[3], p[3], next_p[3];
@@ -774,8 +776,9 @@ static void gp_stroke_to_path(bContext *C,
       dt = -GAP_DFAC;   /* Rather arbitrary too! */
     }
     bp = &nu->bp[old_nbp];
-    /* Note we can't give anything else than 0.0 as time here, since a negative one (which would be expected value)
-     * would not work (it would be *before* gtd->inittime, which is not supported currently).
+    /* Note we can't give anything else than 0.0 as time here, since a negative one
+     * (which would be expected value) would not work
+     * (it would be *before* gtd->inittime, which is not supported currently).
      */
     gp_stroke_to_path_add_point(
         gtd, bp, p, p, do_gtd, gps->inittime, dt, 0.0f, rad_fac, minmax_weights);
@@ -907,9 +910,10 @@ static void gp_stroke_to_bezier(bContext *C,
   /* create new 'nurb' or extend current one within the curve */
   if (nu) {
     old_nbezt = nu->pntsu;
-    /* If we do stitch, first point of current stroke is assumed the same as last point of previous stroke,
-     * so no need to add it.
-     * If no stitch, we want to add two additional points to make a "zero-radius" link between both strokes.
+    /* If we do stitch, first point of current stroke is assumed the same as last point of
+     * previous stroke, so no need to add it.
+     * If no stitch, we want to add two additional points to make a "zero-radius"
+     * link between both strokes.
      */
     BKE_nurb_bezierPoints_add(nu, gps->totpoints + ((stitch) ? -1 : 2) + add_start_end_points);
   }
@@ -962,8 +966,11 @@ static void gp_stroke_to_bezier(bContext *C,
      *   the last segment to get the first point (p1) position and timing.
      * - If we do not have those (quite odd, but may happen), we linearly interpolate the last point
      *   with the first point of the current stroke.
-     * The same goes for the second point, first segment of the current stroke is "negatively" extrapolated
-     * if it exists, else (if the stroke is a single point), linear interpolation with last curve point...
+     *
+     * The same goes for the second point,
+     * first segment of the current stroke is "negatively" extrapolated
+     * if it exists, else (if the stroke is a single point),
+     * linear interpolation with last curve point.
      */
     else {
       float p1[3], p2[3];
@@ -1133,7 +1140,8 @@ static void gp_stroke_to_bezier(bContext *C,
     /* The end point */
     interp_v3_v3v3(h1, p, prev_bezt->vec[1], BEZT_HANDLE_FAC);
     interp_v3_v3v3(h2, p, prev_bezt->vec[1], -BEZT_HANDLE_FAC);
-    /* Note bezt has already been incremented in main loop above, so it points to the right place. */
+    /* Note bezt has already been incremented in main loop above,
+     * so it points to the right place. */
     gp_stroke_to_bezier_add_point(gtd,
                                   bezt,
                                   p,
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_data.c b/source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_data.c
index c91c543e746..7cab9def553 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_data.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_data.c
@@ -124,7 +124,8 @@ static int gp_data_add_exec(bContext *C, wmOperator *op)
       id_us_min(&gpd->id);
     }
 
-    /* add new datablock, with a single layer ready to use (so users don't have to perform an extra step) */
+    /* Add new datablock, with a single layer ready to use
+     * (so users don't have to perform an extra step). */
     if (is_annotation) {
       bGPdata *gpd = BKE_gpencil_data_addnew(bmain, DATA_("Annotations"));
       *gpd_ptr = gpd;
@@ -2091,7 +2092,10 @@ typedef struct tJoinGPencil_AdtFixData {
   GHash *names_map;
 } tJoinGPencil_AdtFixData;
 
-/* Callback to pass to BKE_fcurves_main_cb() for RNA Paths attached to each F-Curve used in the AnimData */
+/**
+ * Callback to pass to #BKE_fcurves_main_cb()
+ * for RNA Paths attached to each F-Curve used in the #AnimData.
+ */
 static void joined_gpencil_fix_animdata_cb(ID *id, FCurve *fcu, void *user_data)
 {
   tJoinGPencil_AdtFixData *afd = (tJoinGPencil_AdtFixData *)user_data;
@@ -2374,7 +2378,7 @@ static bool gpencil_active_color_poll(bContext *C)
   return false;
 }
 
-/* ******************* Lock and hide any color non used in current layer ************************** */
+/* **************** Lock and hide any color non used in current layer ************************** */
 static int gpencil_lock_layer_exec(bContext *C, wmOperator *UNUSED(op))
 {
   bGPdata *gpd = ED_gpencil_data_get_active(C);
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_edit.c b/source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_edit.c
index 40e1e483f41..0116747ab82 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_edit.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_edit.c
@@ -1212,8 +1212,9 @@ static bool gp_strokes_paste_poll(bContext *C)
 {
   /* 1) Must have GP datablock to paste to
    *    - We don't need to have an active layer though, as that can easily get added
-   *    - If the active layer is locked, we can't paste there, but that should prompt a warning instead
-   * 2) Copy buffer must at least have something (though it may be the wrong sort...)
+   *    - If the active layer is locked, we can't paste there,
+   *      but that should prompt a warning instead.
+   * 2) Copy buffer must at least have something (though it may be the wrong sort...).
    */
   return (ED_gpencil_data_get_active(C) != NULL) &&
          (!BLI_listbase_is_empty(&gp_strokes_copypastebuf));
@@ -1273,8 +1274,9 @@ static int gp_strokes_paste_exec(bContext *C, wmOperator *op)
     }
 
     if (ok == false) {
-      /* XXX: this check is not 100% accurate (i.e. image editor is incompatible with normal 2D strokes),
-       * but should be enough to give users a good idea of what's going on
+      /* XXX: this check is not 100% accurate
+       * (i.e. image editor is incompatible with normal 2D strokes),
+       * but should be enough to give users a good idea of what's going on.
        */
       if (CTX_wm_area(C)->spacetype == SPACE_VIEW3D)
         BKE_report(op->reports, RPT_ERROR, "Cannot paste 2D strokes in 3D View");
@@ -1541,7 +1543,8 @@ static int gp_blank_frame_add_exec(bContext *C, wmOperator *op)
 
   /* Initialise datablock and an active layer if nothing exists yet */
   if (ELEM(NULL, gpd, active_gpl)) {
-    /* let's just be lazy, and call the "Add New Layer" operator, which sets everything up as required */
+    /* Let's just be lazy, and call the "Add New Layer" operator,
+     * which sets everything up as required. */
     WM_operator_name_call(C, "GPENCIL_OT_layer_add", WM_OP_EXEC_DEFAULT, NULL);
   }
 
@@ -2239,13 +2242,13 @@ void gp_stroke_delete_tagged_points(bGPDframe *gpf,
           e++;
         }
       }
-      /* Each island corresponds to a new stroke. We must adjust the
-       * timings of these new strokes:
+      /* Each island corresponds to a new stroke.
+       * We must adjust the timings of these new strokes:
        *
-       * Each point's timing data is a delta from stroke's inittime, so as we erase some points from
-       * the start of the stroke, we have to offset this inittime and all remaining points' delta values.
-       * This way we get a new stroke with exactly the same timing as if user had started drawing from
-       * the first non-removed point...
+       * Each point's timing data is a delta from stroke's inittime, so as we erase some points
+       * from the start of the stroke, we have to offset this inittime and all remaining points'
+       * delta values. This way we get a new stroke with exactly the same timing as if user had
+       * started drawing from the first non-removed point.
        */
       {
         bGPDspoint *pts;
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_fill.c b/source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_fill.c
index 8d3137ed3db..f873b9e2b7c 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_fill.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_fill.c
@@ -930,7 +930,8 @@ static void gpencil_get_depth_array(tGPDfill *tgpf)
     view3d_region_operator_needs_opengl(tgpf->win, tgpf->ar);
     ED_view3d_autodist_init(tgpf->depsgraph, tgpf->ar, tgpf->v3d, 0);
 
-    /* since strokes are so fine, when using their depth we need a margin otherwise they might get missed */
+    /* Since strokes are so fine, when using their depth we need a margin
+     * otherwise they might get missed. */
     int depth_margin = 0;
 
     /* get an array of depths, far depths are blended */
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_paint.c b/source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_paint.c
index 3fc7ade7368..02f53f09c23 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_paint.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_paint.c
@@ -178,7 +178,8 @@ typedef struct tGPsdata {
 
   /* These need to be doubles, as (at least under unix) they are in seconds since epoch,
    * float (and its 7 digits precision) is definitively not enough here!
-   * double, with its 15 digits precision, ensures us millisecond precision for a few centuries at least.
+   * double, with its 15 digits precision,
+   * ensures us millisecond precision for a few centuries at least.
    */
   /** Used when converting to path. */
   double inittime;
@@ -370,9 +371,10 @@ static bool gp_stroke_filtermval(tGPsdata *p, const float mval[2], float mvalo[2
   else if ((dx > MIN_MANHATTEN_PX) && (dy > MIN_MANHATTEN_PX))
     return true;
 
-  /* check if the distance since the last point is significant enough
-   * - prevents points being added too densely
-   * - distance here doesn't use sqrt to prevent slowness... we should still be safe from overflows though
+  /* Check if the distance since the last point is significant enough:
+   * - Prevents points being added too densely
+   * - Distance here doesn't use sqrt to prevent slowness.
+   *   We should still be safe from overflows though.
    */
   else if ((dx * dx + dy * dy) > MIN_EUCLIDEAN_PX * MIN_EUCLIDEAN_PX)
     return true;
@@ -913,7 +915,8 @@ static void gp_stroke_newfrombuffer(tGPsdata *p)
                          (!is_depth);
   int i, totelem;
 
-  /* since strokes are so fine, when using their depth we need a margin otherwise they might get missed */
+  /* Since strokes are so fine,
+   * when using their depth we need a margin otherwise they might get missed. */
   int depth_margin = (ts->gpencil_v3d_align & GP_PROJECT_DEPTH_STROKE) ? 4 : 0;
 
   /* get total number of points to allocate space for
@@ -1233,9 +1236,9 @@ static void gp_stroke_newfrombuffer(tGPsdata *p)
   /* calculate UVs along the stroke */
   ED_gpencil_calc_stroke_uv(obact, gps);
 
-  /* add stroke to frame, usually on tail of the listbase, but if on back is enabled the stroke is added on listbase head
-   * because the drawing order is inverse and the head stroke is the first to draw. This is very useful for artist
-   * when drawing the background
+  /* add stroke to frame, usually on tail of the listbase, but if on back is enabled the stroke
+   * is added on listbase head because the drawing order is inverse and the head stroke is the
+   * first to draw. This is very useful for artist when drawing the background.
    */
   if ((ts->gpencil_flags & GP_TOOL_FLAG_PAINT_ONBACK) &&
       (p->paintmode != GP_PAINTMODE_DRAW_POLY)) {
@@ -2544,7 +2547,8 @@ static void gpencil_draw_apply(bContext *C, wmOperator *op, tGPsdata *p, Depsgra
     copy_v2_v2(p->mvalo, p->mval);
     p->opressure = p->pressure;
   }
-  /* only add current point to buffer if mouse moved (even though we got an event, it might be just noise) */
+  /* Only add current point to buffer if mouse moved
+   * (even though we got an event, it might be just noise). */
   else if (gp_stroke_filtermval(p, p->mval, p->mvalo)) {
 
     /* if lazy mouse, interpolate the last and current mouse positions */
@@ -3266,10 +3270,12 @@ static void gpencil_stroke_end(wmOperator *op)
   p->gpf = NULL;
 }
 
-/* Move last stroke in the listbase to the head to be drawn below all previous strokes in the layer */
+/* Move last stroke in the listbase to the head
+ * to be drawn below all previous strokes in the layer. */
 static void gpencil_move_last_stroke_to_back(bContext *C)
 {
-  /* move last stroke (the polygon) to head of the listbase stroke to draw on back of all previous strokes */
+  /* Move last stroke (the polygon) to head of the listbase stroke
+   * to draw on back of all previous strokes. */
   bGPdata *gpd = ED_gpencil_data_get_active(C);
   bGPDlayer *gpl = BKE_gpencil_layer_getactive(gpd);
 
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_select.c b/source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_select.c
index ef7a198111b..6b5c728c4ed 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_select.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_select.c
@@ -291,7 +291,8 @@ typedef enum eGP_SelectGrouped {
   /* Select strokes with the same color */
   GP_SEL_SAME_MATERIAL = 1,
 
-  /* TODO: All with same prefix - Useful for isolating all layers for a particular character for instance */
+  /* TODO: All with same prefix -
+   * Useful for isolating all layers for a particular character for instance. */
   /* TODO: All with same appearance - colour/opacity/volumetric/fills ? */
 } eGP_SelectGrouped;
 
@@ -621,7 +622,8 @@ static int gpencil_select_more_exec(bContext *C, wmOperator *UNUSED(op))
       int i;
       bool prev_sel;
 
-      /* First Pass: Go in forward order, expanding selection if previous was selected (pre changes)...
+      /* First Pass: Go in forward order,
+       * expanding selection if previous was selected (pre changes).
        * - This pass covers the "after" edges of selection islands
        */
       prev_sel = false;
@@ -705,7 +707,8 @@ static int gpencil_select_less_exec(bContext *C, wmOperator *UNUSED(op))
       int i;
       bool prev_sel;
 
-      /* First Pass: Go in forward order, shrinking selection if previous was not selected (pre changes)...
+      /* First Pass: Go in forward order, shrinking selection
+       * if previous was not selected (pre changes).
        * - This pass covers the "after" edges of selection islands
        */
       prev_sel = false;
@@ -776,9 +779,12 @@ void GPENCIL_OT_select_less(wmOperatorType *ot)
 /** \name Circle Select Operator
  * \{ */
 
-/* Helper to check if a given stroke is within the area */
-/* NOTE: Code here is adapted (i.e. copied directly) from gpencil_paint.c::gp_stroke_eraser_dostroke()
- *       It would be great to de-duplicate the logic here sometime, but that can wait...
+/**
+ * Helper to check if a given stroke is within the area.
+ *
+ * \note Code here is adapted (i.e. copied directly)
+ * from gpencil_paint.c #gp_stroke_eraser_dostroke().
+ * It would be great to de-duplicate the logic here sometime, but that can wait.
  */
 static bool gp_stroke_do_circle_sel(bGPDlayer *gpl,
                                     bGPDstroke *gps,
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_undo.c b/source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_undo.c
index d91977bc0da..bf077d528dd 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_undo.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_undo.c
@@ -154,7 +154,8 @@ void gpencil_undo_push(bGPdata *gpd)
    * - to prevent running out of memory during **really**
    *   long drawing sessions (triggering swapping)
    */
-  /* TODO: Undo-memory constraint is not respected yet, but can be added if we have any need for it */
+  /* TODO: Undo-memory constraint is not respected yet,
+   * but can be added if we have any need for it. */
   if (U.undosteps && !BLI_listbase_is_empty(&undo_nodes)) {
     /* remove anything older than n-steps before cur_node */
     int steps = 0;
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_utils.c b/source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_utils.c
index fcaefc3d1dd..357e570655a 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_utils.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/gpencil/gpencil_utils.c
@@ -85,7 +85,9 @@
 /* ******************************************************** */
 /* Context Wrangling... */
 
-/* Get pointer to active Grease Pencil datablock, and an RNA-pointer to trace back to whatever owns it,
+/**
+ * Get pointer to active Grease Pencil datablock,
+ * and an RNA-pointer to trace back to whatever owns it,
  * when context info is not available.
  */
 bGPdata **ED_gpencil_data_get_pointers_direct(
@@ -154,7 +156,8 @@ bGPdata **ED_gpencil_data_get_pointers_direct(
       {
         SpaceSeq *sseq = (SpaceSeq *)sl;
 
-        /* for now, Grease Pencil data is associated with the space (actually preview region only) */
+        /* For now, Grease Pencil data is associated with the space
+         * (actually preview region only). */
         /* XXX our convention for everything else is to link to data though... */
         if (r_ptr)
           RNA_pointer_create(screen_id, &RNA_SpaceSequenceEditor, sseq, r_ptr);
@@ -202,7 +205,8 @@ bGPdata **ED_gpencil_data_get_pointers_direct(
   return NULL;
 }
 
-/* Get pointer to active Grease Pencil datablock, and an RNA-pointer to trace back to whatever owns it */
+/* Get pointer to active Grease Pencil datablock,
+ * and an RNA-pointer to trace back to whatever owns it. */
 bGPdata **ED_gpencil_data_get_pointers(const bContext *C, PointerRNA *r_ptr)
 {
   ID *screen_id = (ID *)CTX_wm_screen(C);
@@ -251,7 +255,11 @@ bGPdata *ED_gpencil_data_get_active_evaluated(const bContext *C)
   Object *ob = CTX_data_active_object(C);
   Object *ob_eval = DEG_get_evaluated_object(depsgraph, ob);
 
-  /* if (ob && ob->type == OB_GPENCIL) BLI_assert(ob_eval->data == DEG_get_evaluated_id(ob->data)); */
+#if 0
+  if (ob && ob->type == OB_GPENCIL) {
+    BLI_assert(ob_eval->data == DEG_get_evaluated_id(ob->data));
+  }
+#endif
   return ED_gpencil_data_get_active_direct(screen_id, sa, scene_eval, ob_eval);
 }
 
@@ -606,7 +614,8 @@ void gp_apply_parent_point(
  * \param[out] r_x  The screen-space x-coordinate of the point
  * \param[out] r_y  The screen-space y-coordinate of the point
  *
- * \warning This assumes that the caller has already checked whether the stroke in question can be drawn.
+ * \warning This assumes that the caller has already checked
+ * whether the stroke in question can be drawn.
  */
 void gp_point_to_xy(
     const GP_SpaceConversion *gsc, const bGPDstroke *gps, const bGPDspoint *pt, int *r_x, int *r_y)
@@ -650,15 +659,17 @@ void gp_point_to_xy(
 }
 
 /**
- * Convert a Grease Pencil coordinate (i.e. can be 2D or 3D) to screenspace (2D)
+ * Convert a Grease Pencil coordinate (i.e. can be 2D or 3D) to screenspace (2D).
  *
  * Just like #gp_point_to_xy(), except the resulting coordinates are floats not ints.
- * Use this version to solve "stair-step" artifacts which may arise when roundtripping the calculations.
+ * Use this version to solve "stair-step" artifacts which may arise when
+ * roundtripping the calculations.
  *
- * \param r_x: [out] The screen-space x-coordinate of the point.
- * \param r_y: [out] The screen-space y-coordinate of the point.
+ * \param r_x[out]: The screen-space x-coordinate of the point.
+ * \param r_y[out]: The screen-space y-coordinate of the point.
  *
- * \warning This assumes that the caller has already checked whether the stroke in question can be drawn.
+ * \warning This assumes that the caller has already checked
+ * whether the stroke in question can be drawn.
  */
 void gp_point_to_xy_fl(const GP_SpaceConversion *gsc,
                        const bGPDstroke *gps,
@@ -1079,7 +1090,9 @@ void ED_gp_project_point_to_plane(const Scene *scene,
 
 /* ******************************************************** */
 /* Stroke Operations */
-// XXX: Check if these functions duplicate stuff in blenkernel, and/or whether we should just deduplicate
+
+/* XXX: Check if these functions duplicate stuff in blenkernel,
+ * and/or whether we should just deduplicate. */
 
 /**
  * Subdivide a stroke once, by adding a point half way between each pair of existing points
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/include/ED_keyframing.h b/source/blender/editors/include/ED_keyframing.h
index 54570938de1..a893f03bd88 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/include/ED_keyframing.h
+++ b/source/blender/editors/include/ED_keyframing.h
@@ -143,8 +143,8 @@ short insert_keyframe(struct Main *bmain,
                       eInsertKeyFlags flag);
 
 /* Main Keyframing API call:
- *  Use this to delete keyframe on current frame for relevant channel. Will perform checks just in case.
- */
+ * Use this to delete keyframe on current frame for relevant channel.
+ * Will perform checks just in case. */
 short delete_keyframe(struct Main *bmain,
                       struct ReportList *reports,
                       struct ID *id,
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/include/ED_mesh.h b/source/blender/editors/include/ED_mesh.h
index dcac5301da5..ce8521a1f6a 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/include/ED_mesh.h
+++ b/source/blender/editors/include/ED_mesh.h
@@ -358,7 +358,10 @@ float ED_vgroup_vert_weight(struct Object *ob, struct bDeformGroup *dg, int vert
 void ED_vgroup_vert_active_mirror(struct Object *ob, int def_nr);
 
 /* mesh_data.c */
-// void ED_mesh_geometry_add(struct Mesh *mesh, struct ReportList *reports, int verts, int edges, int faces);
+#if 0
+void ED_mesh_geometry_add(
+    struct Mesh *mesh, struct ReportList *reports, int verts, int edges, int faces);
+#endif
 void ED_mesh_polys_add(struct Mesh *mesh, struct ReportList *reports, int count);
 void ED_mesh_tessfaces_add(struct Mesh *mesh, struct ReportList *reports, int count);
 void ED_mesh_edges_add(struct Mesh *mesh, struct ReportList *reports, int count);
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/include/ED_numinput.h b/source/blender/editors/include/ED_numinput.h
index 697a236341f..b13f228b1ec 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/include/ED_numinput.h
+++ b/source/blender/editors/include/ED_numinput.h
@@ -78,12 +78,16 @@ struct UnitSettings;
 
 /**
  * There are important things to note here for code using numinput:
- * - Values passed to #applyNumInput() should be valid and are stored as default ones (val_org), if it is not EDITED.
- * - bool returned by #applyNumInput should be used to decide whether to apply numinput-specific post-process to data.
- * - Once #applyNumInput has been called, #hasNumInput returns a valid value to decide whether to use numinput
- *   as drawstr source or not (i.e. to call #outputNumInput).
+ * - Values passed to #applyNumInput() should be valid and are stored as default ones (val_org),
+ *   if it is not EDITED.
+ * - bool returned by #applyNumInput should be used to decide whether to apply
+ *   numinput-specific post-process to data.
+ * - Once #applyNumInput has been called,
+ *   #hasNumInput returns a valid value to decide whether to use numinput as drawstr source or not
+ *   (i.e. to call #outputNumInput).
  *
- * Those two steps have to be separated (so do not use a common call to #hasNumInput() to do both in the same time!).
+ * Those two steps have to be separated
+ * (so do not use a common call to #hasNumInput() to do both in the same time!).
  */
 
 void initNumInput(NumInput *n);
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/include/UI_resources.h b/source/blender/editors/include/UI_resources.h
index 1fc1fba4b4a..18962f9d9da 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/include/UI_resources.h
+++ b/source/blender/editors/include/UI_resources.h
@@ -341,7 +341,8 @@ void UI_GetThemeColorShade3fv(int colorid, int offset, float col[3]);
 void UI_GetThemeColorShade3ubv(int colorid, int offset, unsigned char col[3]);
 void UI_GetThemeColorShade4ubv(int colorid, int offset, unsigned char col[4]);
 
-// get three color values, range 0-255, complete with shading offset for the RGB components and blending
+// get three color values, range 0-255,
+// complete with shading offset for the RGB components and blending.
 void UI_GetThemeColorBlendShade3ubv(
     int colorid1, int colorid2, float fac, int offset, unsigned char col[3]);
 
@@ -361,7 +362,8 @@ void UI_GetThemeColorShadeAlpha4ubv(int colorid,
                                     int alphaoffset,
                                     unsigned char col[4]);
 
-// get four color values, range 0.0-1.0, complete with shading offset for the RGB components and blending
+// get four color values, range 0.0-1.0,
+// complete with shading offset for the RGB components and blending.
 void UI_GetThemeColorBlendShade3fv(
     int colorid1, int colorid2, float fac, int offset, float col[3]);
 void UI_GetThemeColorBlendShade4fv(
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/mesh/editmesh_add_gizmo.c b/source/blender/editors/mesh/editmesh_add_gizmo.c
index 9ed2c15f1c1..839ee186016 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/mesh/editmesh_add_gizmo.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/mesh/editmesh_add_gizmo.c
@@ -58,7 +58,8 @@
  * When we place a shape, pick a plane.
  *
  * We may base this choice on context,
- * for now pick the "ground" based on the 3D cursor's dominant plane pointing down relative to the view.
+ * for now pick the "ground" based on the 3D cursor's dominant plane
+ * pointing down relative to the view.
  */
 static void calc_initial_placement_point_from_view(bContext *C,
                                                    const float mval[2],
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/mesh/editmesh_bevel.c b/source/blender/editors/mesh/editmesh_bevel.c
index 2c0c8b2c708..1a05e182c3a 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/mesh/editmesh_bevel.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/mesh/editmesh_bevel.c
@@ -491,7 +491,8 @@ static int edbm_bevel_invoke(bContext *C, wmOperator *op, const wmEvent *event)
 
   /* for OFFSET_VALUE only, the scale is the size of a pixel under the mouse in 3d space */
   opdata->scale[OFFSET_VALUE] = rv3d ? ED_view3d_pixel_size(rv3d, center_3d) : 1.0f;
-  /* since we are affecting untransformed object but seeing in transformed space, compensate for that */
+  /* since we are affecting untransformed object but seeing in transformed space,
+   * compensate for that */
   opdata->scale[OFFSET_VALUE] /= opdata->max_obj_scale;
 
   edbm_bevel_calc_initial_length(op, event, false);
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/mesh/editmesh_knife.c b/source/blender/editors/mesh/editmesh_knife.c
index f4979c8f2a8..10a767c2b86 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/mesh/editmesh_knife.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/mesh/editmesh_knife.c
@@ -1653,7 +1653,8 @@ static void knife_find_line_hits(KnifeTool_OpData *kcd)
   }
 
   /* Now go through the candidates and find intersections */
-  /* These tolerances, in screen space, are for intermediate hits, as ends are already snapped to screen */
+  /* These tolerances, in screen space, are for intermediate hits,
+   * as ends are already snapped to screen. */
 
   if (kcd->is_interactive) {
     vert_tol = KNIFE_FLT_EPS_PX_VERT;
@@ -1663,8 +1664,8 @@ static void knife_find_line_hits(KnifeTool_OpData *kcd)
   else {
     /* Use 1/100th of a pixel, see T43896 (too big), T47910 (too small).
      *
-     * Update, leave this as is until we investigate not using pixel coords for geometry calculations: T48023
-     */
+     * Update, leave this as is until we investigate not using pixel coords
+     * for geometry calculations: T48023. */
     vert_tol = line_tol = face_tol = 0.5f;
   }
 
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/mesh/editmesh_rip.c b/source/blender/editors/mesh/editmesh_rip.c
index b1a62ffde3d..8d995d542dc 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/mesh/editmesh_rip.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/mesh/editmesh_rip.c
@@ -170,23 +170,26 @@ static float edbm_rip_edge_side_measure(
  *
  * The method used for checking the side of selection is as follows...
  * - First tag all rip-able edges.
- * - Build a contiguous edge list by looping over tagged edges and following each ones tagged siblings in both
- *   directions.
- *   - The loops are not stored in an array, Instead both loops on either side of each edge has its index values set
- *     to count down from the last edge, this way, once we have the 'last' edge its very easy to walk down the
- *     connected edge loops.
- *     The reason for using loops like this is because when the edges are split we don't which face user gets the newly
- *     created edge (its as good as random so we cant assume new edges will be on once side).
- *     After splitting, its very simple to walk along boundary loops since each only has one edge from a single side.
- * - The end loop pairs are stored in an array however to support multiple edge-selection-islands, so you can rip
- *   multiple selections at once.
+ * - Build a contiguous edge list by looping over tagged edges and following each ones tagged
+ *   siblings in both directions.
+ *   - The loops are not stored in an array, Instead both loops on either side of each edge has
+ *     its index values set to count down from the last edge, this way, once we have the 'last'
+ *     edge its very easy to walk down the connected edge loops.
+ *     The reason for using loops like this is because when the edges are split we don't which
+ *     face user gets the newly created edge
+ *     (its as good as random so we cant assume new edges will be on once side).
+ *     After splitting, its very simple to walk along boundary loops since each only has one edge
+ *     from a single side.
+ * - The end loop pairs are stored in an array however to support multiple edge-selection-islands,
+ *   so you can rip multiple selections at once.
  * - * Execute the split *
- * - For each #EdgeLoopPair walk down both sides of the split using the loops and measure which is facing the mouse.
+ * - For each #EdgeLoopPair walk down both sides of the split using the loops and measure
+ *   which is facing the mouse.
  * - Deselect the edge loop facing away.
  *
  * Limitation!
- * This currently works very poorly with intersecting edge islands (verts with more than 2 tagged edges)
- * This is nice to but for now not essential.
+ * This currently works very poorly with intersecting edge islands
+ * (verts with more than 2 tagged edges). This is nice to but for now not essential.
  *
  * - campbell.
  */
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/mesh/editmesh_tools.c b/source/blender/editors/mesh/editmesh_tools.c
index fcad933e3c4..05466ce04bc 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/mesh/editmesh_tools.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/mesh/editmesh_tools.c
@@ -885,8 +885,9 @@ static void edbm_add_edge_face_exec__tricky_finalize_sel(BMesh *bm, BMElem *ele_
   BM_select_history_clear(bm);
 
   /* Notes on hidden geometry:
-   * - un-hide the face since its possible hidden was copied when copying surrounding face attributes.
-   * - un-hide before adding to select history
+   * - Un-hide the face since its possible hidden was copied when copying
+   *   surrounding face attributes.
+   * - Un-hide before adding to select history
    *   since we may extend into an existing, hidden vert/edge.
    */
 
@@ -946,8 +947,8 @@ static int edbm_add_edge_face_exec(bContext *C, wmOperator *op)
     BMElem *ele_desel;
     BMFace *ele_desel_face;
 
-    /* be extra clever, figure out if a partial selection should be extended so we can create geometry
-     * with single vert or single edge selection */
+    /* be extra clever, figure out if a partial selection should be extended so we can create
+     * geometry with single vert or single edge selection. */
     ele_desel = edbm_add_edge_face_exec__tricky_extend_sel(em->bm);
 #endif
     if (!EDBM_op_init(em,
@@ -980,7 +981,8 @@ static int edbm_add_edge_face_exec(bContext *C, wmOperator *op)
       /* Newly created faces may include existing hidden edges,
        * copying face data from surrounding, may have copied hidden face flag too.
        *
-       * Important that faces use flushing since 'edges.out' wont include hidden edges that already existed.
+       * Important that faces use flushing since 'edges.out'
+       * wont include hidden edges that already existed.
        */
       BMO_slot_buffer_hflag_disable(
           em->bm, bmop.slots_out, "faces.out", BM_FACE, BM_ELEM_HIDDEN, true);
@@ -3425,7 +3427,8 @@ void MESH_OT_blend_from_shape(wmOperatorType *ot)
 
   /* api callbacks */
   ot->exec = edbm_blend_from_shape_exec;
-  //  ot->invoke = WM_operator_props_popup_call;  /* disable because search popup closes too easily */
+  /* disable because search popup closes too easily */
+  //  ot->invoke = WM_operator_props_popup_call;
   ot->ui = edbm_blend_from_shape_ui;
   ot->poll = ED_operator_editmesh;
 
@@ -7730,7 +7733,8 @@ static void point_normals_apply(bContext *C, wmOperator *op, float target[3], co
       copy_v3_v3(lnor_ed->nloc, lnor_ed->niloc);
     }
     else if (do_spherize) {
-      /* Note that this is *not* real spherical interpolation. Probably good enough in this case though? */
+      /* Note that this is *not* real spherical interpolation.
+       * Probably good enough in this case though? */
       const float strength = RNA_float_get(op->ptr, "spherize_strength");
       float spherized_normal[3];
 
@@ -8810,12 +8814,13 @@ static int edbm_smoothen_normals_exec(bContext *C, wmOperator *op)
 
   float(*smooth_normal)[3] = MEM_callocN(sizeof(*smooth_normal) * lnors_ed_arr->totloop, __func__);
 
-  /* This is weird choice of operation, taking all loops of faces of current vertex... Could lead to some rather
-   * far away loops weighting as much as very close ones (topologically speaking), with complex polygons.
-   * Using topological distance here (rather than geometrical one) makes sense imho, but would rather go with
-   * a more consistent and flexible code, we could even add max topological distance to take into account,
-   * and a weighting curve...
-   * Would do that later though, think for now we can live with that choice. --mont29 */
+  /* This is weird choice of operation, taking all loops of faces of current vertex.
+   * Could lead to some rather far away loops weighting as much as very close ones
+   * (topologically speaking), with complex polygons.
+   * Using topological distance here (rather than geometrical one)
+   * makes sense imho, but would rather go with a more consistent and flexible code,
+   * we could even add max topological distance to take into account, * and a weighting curve.
+   * Would do that later though, think for now we can live with that choice. --mont29. */
   BMLoopNorEditData *lnor_ed = lnors_ed_arr->lnor_editdata;
   for (int i = 0; i < lnors_ed_arr->totloop; i++, lnor_ed++) {
     l = lnor_ed->loop;
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/mesh/editmesh_undo.c b/source/blender/editors/mesh/editmesh_undo.c
index 2e855d9c5de..28b14b0060d 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/mesh/editmesh_undo.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/mesh/editmesh_undo.c
@@ -93,13 +93,13 @@ typedef struct UndoMesh {
   int selectmode;
 
   /** \note
-   * this isn't a prefect solution, if you edit keys and change shapes this works well (fixing [#32442]),
-   * but editing shape keys, going into object mode, removing or changing their order,
-   * then go back into editmode and undo will give issues - where the old index will be out of sync
-   * with the new object index.
+   * this isn't a prefect solution, if you edit keys and change shapes this works well
+   * (fixing T32442), but editing shape keys, going into object mode, removing or changing their
+   * order, then go back into editmode and undo will give issues - where the old index will be
+   * out of sync with the new object index.
    *
    * There are a few ways this could be made to work but for now its a known limitation with mixing
-   * object and editmode operations - Campbell */
+   * object and editmode operations - Campbell. */
   int shapenr;
 
 #ifdef USE_ARRAY_STORE
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/mesh/editmesh_utils.c b/source/blender/editors/mesh/editmesh_utils.c
index 7aa7c2e6114..f3055b5c75e 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/mesh/editmesh_utils.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/mesh/editmesh_utils.c
@@ -1017,7 +1017,8 @@ static BMVert *cache_mirr_intptr_as_bmvert(intptr_t *index_lookup, int index)
  * \param use_select: Restrict to selected verts.
  * \param use_topology: Use topology mirror.
  * \param maxdist: Distance for close point test.
- * \param r_index: Optional array to write into, as an alternative to a customdata layer (length of total verts).
+ * \param r_index: Optional array to write into, as an alternative to a customdata layer
+ * (length of total verts).
  */
 void EDBM_verts_mirror_cache_begin_ex(BMEditMesh *em,
                                       const int axis,
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/mesh/mesh_data.c b/source/blender/editors/mesh/mesh_data.c
index 580221496ca..fccecf993e8 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/mesh/mesh_data.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/mesh/mesh_data.c
@@ -784,7 +784,8 @@ static int mesh_customdata_custom_splitnormals_add_exec(bContext *C, wmOperator
     CustomData *data = GET_CD_DATA(me, ldata);
 
     if (me->edit_mesh) {
-      /* Tag edges as sharp according to smooth threshold if needed, to preserve autosmooth shading. */
+      /* Tag edges as sharp according to smooth threshold if needed,
+       * to preserve autosmooth shading. */
       if (me->flag & ME_AUTOSMOOTH) {
         BM_edges_sharp_from_angle_set(me->edit_mesh->bm, me->smoothresh);
       }
@@ -792,7 +793,8 @@ static int mesh_customdata_custom_splitnormals_add_exec(bContext *C, wmOperator
       BM_data_layer_add(me->edit_mesh->bm, data, CD_CUSTOMLOOPNORMAL);
     }
     else {
-      /* Tag edges as sharp according to smooth threshold if needed, to preserve autosmooth shading. */
+      /* Tag edges as sharp according to smooth threshold if needed,
+       * to preserve autosmooth shading. */
       if (me->flag & ME_AUTOSMOOTH) {
         float(*polynors)[3] = MEM_mallocN(sizeof(*polynors) * (size_t)me->totpoly, __func__);
 
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/mesh/meshtools.c b/source/blender/editors/mesh/meshtools.c
index 8cc23edad16..9c799550608 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/mesh/meshtools.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/mesh/meshtools.c
@@ -150,9 +150,11 @@ static void join_mesh_single(Depsgraph *depsgraph,
         mul_m4_v3(cmat, mvert->co);
       }
 
-      /* for each shapekey in destination mesh:
-       * - if there's a matching one, copy it across (will need to transform vertices into new space...)
-       * - otherwise, just copy own coordinates of mesh (no need to transform vertex coordinates into new space)
+      /* For each shapekey in destination mesh:
+       * - if there's a matching one, copy it across
+       *   (will need to transform vertices into new space...).
+       * - otherwise, just copy own coordinates of mesh
+       *   (no need to transform vertex coordinates into new space).
        */
       if (key) {
         /* if this mesh has any shapekeys, check first, otherwise just copy coordinates */
@@ -337,7 +339,8 @@ int join_mesh_exec(bContext *C, wmOperator *op)
     return OPERATOR_CANCELLED;
   }
 
-  /* only join meshes if there are verts to join, there aren't too many, and we only had one mesh selected */
+  /* Only join meshes if there are verts to join,
+   * there aren't too many, and we only had one mesh selected. */
   me = (Mesh *)ob->data;
   key = me->key;
 
@@ -748,9 +751,10 @@ int join_mesh_shapes_exec(bContext *C, wmOperator *op)
 
 static MirrTopoStore_t mesh_topo_store = {NULL, -1. - 1, -1};
 
-/* mode is 's' start, or 'e' end, or 'u' use */
-/* if end, ob can be NULL */
-/* note, is supposed return -1 on error, which callers are currently checking for, but is not used so far */
+/** mode is 's' start, or 'e' end, or 'u' use
+ * if end, ob can be NULL.
+ * \note, is supposed return -1 on error,
+ * which callers are currently checking for, but is not used so far. */
 int ED_mesh_mirror_topo_table(Object *ob, Mesh *me_eval, char mode)
 {
   if (mode == 'u') { /* use table */
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/object/object_add.c b/source/blender/editors/object/object_add.c
index c050b579aa6..7b6f920e59f 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/object/object_add.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/object/object_add.c
@@ -1421,8 +1421,9 @@ static int object_delete_exec(bContext *C, wmOperator *op)
       DEG_id_tag_update(&gpd->id, ID_RECALC_TRANSFORM | ID_RECALC_GEOMETRY);
     }
 
-    /* This is sort of a quick hack to address T51243 - Proper thing to do here would be to nuke most of all this
-     * custom scene/object/base handling, and use generic lib remap/query for that.
+    /* This is sort of a quick hack to address T51243 -
+     * Proper thing to do here would be to nuke most of all this custom scene/object/base handling,
+     * and use generic lib remap/query for that.
      * But this is for later (aka 2.8, once layers & co are settled and working).
      */
     if (use_global && ob->id.lib == NULL) {
@@ -1535,8 +1536,10 @@ static void copy_object_set_idnew(bContext *C)
 /********************* Make Duplicates Real ************************/
 
 /**
- * \note regarding hashing dupli-objects when using OB_DUPLICOLLECTION, skip the first member of #DupliObject.persistent_id
- * since its a unique index and we only want to know if the group objects are from the same dupli-group instance.
+ * \note regarding hashing dupli-objects when using OB_DUPLICOLLECTION,
+ * skip the first member of #DupliObject.persistent_id
+ * since its a unique index and we only want to know if the group objects are from the same
+ * dupli-group instance.
  */
 static unsigned int dupliobject_group_hash(const void *ptr)
 {
@@ -1550,8 +1553,10 @@ static unsigned int dupliobject_group_hash(const void *ptr)
 }
 
 /**
- * \note regarding hashing dupli-objects when NOT using OB_DUPLICOLLECTION, include the first member of #DupliObject.persistent_id
- * since its the index of the vertex/face the object is instantiated on and we want to identify objects on the same vertex/face.
+ * \note regarding hashing dupli-objects when NOT using OB_DUPLICOLLECTION,
+ * include the first member of #DupliObject.persistent_id
+ * since its the index of the vertex/face the object is instantiated on and we want to identify
+ * objects on the same vertex/face.
  */
 static unsigned int dupliobject_hash(const void *ptr)
 {
@@ -1827,7 +1832,8 @@ static void convert_ensure_curve_cache(Depsgraph *depsgraph, Scene *scene, Objec
   if (ob->runtime.curve_cache == NULL) {
     /* Force creation. This is normally not needed but on operator
      * redo we might end up with an object which isn't evaluated yet.
-     * Also happens in case we are working on a copy of the object (all its caches have been nuked then).
+     * Also happens in case we are working on a copy of the object
+     * (all its caches have been nuked then).
      */
     if (ELEM(ob->type, OB_SURF, OB_CURVE, OB_FONT)) {
       /* We need 'for render' ON here, to enable computing bevel dipslist if needed.
@@ -1932,8 +1938,9 @@ static int convert_exec(bContext *C, wmOperator *op)
       Base *base = link->ptr.data;
       Object *ob = base->object;
 
-      /* The way object type conversion works currently (enforcing conversion of *all* objects using converted
-       * object-data, even some un-selected/hidden/another scene ones, sounds totally bad to me.
+      /* The way object type conversion works currently (enforcing conversion of *all* objects
+       * using converted object-data, even some un-selected/hidden/another scene ones,
+       * sounds totally bad to me.
        * However, changing this is more design than bug-fix, not to mention convoluted code below,
        * so that will be for later.
        * But at the very least, do not do that with linked IDs! */
@@ -2269,9 +2276,10 @@ void OBJECT_OT_convert(wmOperatorType *ot)
 
 /*
  * dupflag: a flag made from constants declared in DNA_userdef_types.h
- * The flag tells adduplicate() whether to copy data linked to the object, or to reference the existing data.
+ * The flag tells adduplicate() whether to copy data linked to the object,
+ * or to reference the existing data.
  * U.dupflag for default operations or you can construct a flag as python does
- * if the dupflag is 0 then no data will be copied (linked duplicate) */
+ * if the dupflag is 0 then no data will be copied (linked duplicate). */
 
 /* used below, assumes id.new is correct */
 /* leaves selection of base/object unaltered */
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/object/object_constraint.c b/source/blender/editors/object/object_constraint.c
index 39eb4b9333c..7a1cf44c0aa 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/object/object_constraint.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/object/object_constraint.c
@@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ static void object_test_constraint(Main *bmain, Object *owner, bConstraint *con)
   }
 }
 
-/************************ generic functions for operators using constraint names and data context *********************/
+/*** generic functions for operators using constraint names and data context *********************/
 
 #define EDIT_CONSTRAINT_OWNER_OBJECT 0
 #define EDIT_CONSTRAINT_OWNER_BONE 1
@@ -690,20 +690,30 @@ static bConstraint *edit_constraint_property_get(wmOperator *op, Object *ob, int
     if (pchan)
       list = &pchan->constraints;
     else {
-      //if (G.debug & G_DEBUG)
-      //printf("edit_constraint_property_get: No active bone for object '%s'\n", (ob) ? ob->id.name + 2 : "<None>");
+#if 0
+      if (G.debug & G_DEBUG) {
+        printf("edit_constraint_property_get: No active bone for object '%s'\n",
+               (ob) ? ob->id.name + 2 : "<None>");
+      }
+#endif
       return NULL;
     }
   }
   else {
-    //if (G.debug & G_DEBUG)
-    //printf("edit_constraint_property_get: defaulting to getting list in the standard way\n");
+#if 0
+    if (G.debug & G_DEBUG) {
+      printf("edit_constraint_property_get: defaulting to getting list in the standard way\n");
+    }
+#endif
     list = get_active_constraints(ob);
   }
 
   con = BKE_constraints_find_name(list, constraint_name);
-  //if (G.debug & G_DEBUG)
-  //printf("constraint found = %p, %s\n", (void *)con, (con) ? con->name : "<Not found>");
+#if 0
+  if (G.debug & G_DEBUG) {
+    printf("constraint found = %p, %s\n", (void *)con, (con) ? con->name : "<Not found>");
+  }
+#endif
 
   if (con && (type != 0) && (con->type != type))
     con = NULL;
@@ -1275,10 +1285,11 @@ static void object_pose_tag_update(Main *bmain, Object *ob)
 {
   BKE_pose_tag_recalc(bmain, ob->pose); /* Checks & sort pose channels. */
   if (ob->proxy && ob->adt) {
-    /* We need to make use of ugly POSE_ANIMATION_WORKAROUND here too, else anim data are not reloaded
-     * after calling `BKE_pose_rebuild()`, which causes T43872.
-     * Note that this is a bit wide here, since we cannot be sure whether there are some locked proxy bones
-     * or not...
+    /* We need to make use of ugly #POSE_ANIMATION_WORKAROUND here too,
+     * else anim data are not reloaded after calling `BKE_pose_rebuild()`,
+     * which causes T43872.
+     * Note that this is a bit wide here, since we cannot be sure whether there are some locked
+     * proxy bones or not.
      * XXX Temp hack until new depsgraph hopefully solves this. */
     DEG_id_tag_update(&ob->id, ID_RECALC_ANIMATION);
   }
@@ -1816,7 +1827,8 @@ static int constraint_add_exec(
     return OPERATOR_CANCELLED;
   }
 
-  /* create a new constraint of the type required, and add it to the active/given constraints list */
+  /* Create a new constraint of the type required,
+   * and add it to the active/given constraints list. */
   if (pchan)
     con = BKE_constraint_add_for_pose(ob, pchan, NULL, type);
   else
@@ -1831,8 +1843,8 @@ static int constraint_add_exec(
 
     /* get the target objects, adding them as need be */
     if (get_new_constraint_target(C, type, &tar_ob, &tar_pchan, 1)) {
-      /* method of setting target depends on the type of target we've got
-       * - by default, just set the first target (distinction here is only for multiple-targeted constraints)
+      /* Method of setting target depends on the type of target we've got - by default,
+       * just set the first target (distinction here is only for multiple-targeted constraints).
        */
       if (tar_pchan)
         set_constraint_nth_target(con, tar_ob, tar_pchan->name, 0);
@@ -1881,8 +1893,8 @@ static int constraint_add_exec(
   if ((ob->type == OB_ARMATURE) && (pchan)) {
     BKE_pose_tag_recalc(bmain, ob->pose); /* sort pose channels */
     if (BKE_constraints_proxylocked_owner(ob, pchan) && ob->adt) {
-      /* We need to make use of ugly POSE_ANIMATION_WORKAROUND here too, else anim data are not reloaded
-       * after calling `BKE_pose_rebuild()`, which causes T43872.
+      /* We need to make use of ugly POSE_ANIMATION_WORKAROUND here too,
+       * else anim data are not reloaded after calling `BKE_pose_rebuild()`, which causes T43872.
        * XXX Temp hack until new depsgraph hopefully solves this. */
       DEG_id_tag_update(&ob->id, ID_RECALC_ANIMATION);
     }
@@ -2091,7 +2103,8 @@ static int pose_ik_add_exec(bContext *C, wmOperator *op)
   Object *ob = CTX_data_active_object(C);
   const bool with_targets = RNA_boolean_get(op->ptr, "with_targets");
 
-  /* add the constraint - all necessary checks should have been done by the invoke() callback already... */
+  /* add the constraint - all necessary checks should have
+   * been done by the invoke() callback already... */
   return constraint_add_exec(
       C, op, ob, get_active_constraints(ob), CONSTRAINT_TYPE_KINEMATIC, with_targets);
 }
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/object/object_gpencil_modifier.c b/source/blender/editors/object/object_gpencil_modifier.c
index a726e2c9f00..70e942690d5 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/object/object_gpencil_modifier.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/object/object_gpencil_modifier.c
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ void OBJECT_OT_gpencil_modifier_add(wmOperatorType *ot)
   ot->prop = prop;
 }
 
-/************************ generic functions for operators using mod names and data context *********************/
+/********** generic functions for operators using mod names and data context *********************/
 
 static int gpencil_edit_modifier_poll_generic(bContext *C, StructRNA *rna_type, int obtype_flag)
 {
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/object/object_modifier.c b/source/blender/editors/object/object_modifier.c
index 7aae0a41c85..ef55f6a8f4b 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/object/object_modifier.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/object/object_modifier.c
@@ -889,7 +889,7 @@ void OBJECT_OT_modifier_add(wmOperatorType *ot)
   ot->prop = prop;
 }
 
-/************************ generic functions for operators using mod names and data context *********************/
+/********** generic functions for operators using mod names and data context *********************/
 
 bool edit_modifier_poll_generic(bContext *C, StructRNA *rna_type, int obtype_flag)
 {
@@ -2022,7 +2022,8 @@ static int meshdeform_bind_exec(bContext *C, wmOperator *op)
     mmd->totinfluence = 0;
   }
   else {
-    /* Force modifier to run, it will call binding routine (this has to happen outside of depsgraph evaluation). */
+    /* Force modifier to run, it will call binding routine
+     * (this has to happen outside of depsgraph evaluation). */
     MeshDeformModifierData *mmd_eval = (MeshDeformModifierData *)modifier_get_evaluated(
         depsgraph, ob, &mmd->modifier);
     mmd_eval->bindfunc = ED_mesh_deform_bind_callback;
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/object/object_relations.c b/source/blender/editors/object/object_relations.c
index 63cacc21d1c..d47b1fc6533 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/object/object_relations.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/object/object_relations.c
@@ -739,15 +739,18 @@ bool ED_object_parent_set(ReportList *reports,
         /* don't do anything here, since this is not technically "parenting" */
       }
       else if (ELEM(partype, PAR_CURVE, PAR_LATTICE) || (pararm)) {
-        /* partype is now set to PAROBJECT so that invisible 'virtual' modifiers don't need to be created
-         * NOTE: the old (2.4x) method was to set ob->partype = PARSKEL, creating the virtual modifiers
+        /* partype is now set to PAROBJECT so that invisible 'virtual'
+         * modifiers don't need to be created.
+         * NOTE: the old (2.4x) method was to set ob->partype = PARSKEL,
+         * creating the virtual modifiers.
          */
         ob->partype = PAROBJECT;     /* note, dna define, not operator property */
         /* ob->partype = PARSKEL; */ /* note, dna define, not operator property */
 
-        /* BUT, to keep the deforms, we need a modifier, and then we need to set the object that it uses
-         * - We need to ensure that the modifier we're adding doesn't already exist, so we check this by
-         *   assuming that the parent is selected too...
+        /* BUT, to keep the deforms, we need a modifier,
+         * and then we need to set the object that it uses
+         * - We need to ensure that the modifier we're adding doesn't already exist,
+         *   so we check this by assuming that the parent is selected too.
          */
         /* XXX currently this should only happen for meshes, curves, surfaces,
          * and lattices - this stuff isn't available for metas yet */
@@ -1682,9 +1685,10 @@ static Collection *single_object_users_collection(Main *bmain,
     }
   }
 
-  /* Since master collection has already be duplicated as part of scene copy, we do not duplictae it here.
-   * However, this means its children need to be re-added manually here, otherwise their parent lists are empty
-   * (which will lead to crashes, see T63101). */
+  /* Since master collection has already be duplicated as part of scene copy,
+   * we do not duplictae it here.
+   * However, this means its children need to be re-added manually here,
+   * otherwise their parent lists are empty (which will lead to crashes, see T63101). */
   CollectionChild *child_next, *child = collection->children.first;
   CollectionChild *orig_child_last = collection->children.last;
   for (; child != NULL; child = child_next) {
@@ -1713,9 +1717,10 @@ static void single_object_users(
   single_object_users_collection(bmain, scene, master_collection, flag, copy_collections, true);
 
   /* duplicate collections that consist entirely of duplicated objects */
-  /* XXX I guess that was designed for calls from 'make single user' operator... But since copy_collection is
-   *     always false then, was not doing anything. And that kind of behavior should be added at operator level,
-   *     not in a utility function also used by rather different code... */
+  /* XXX I guess that was designed for calls from 'make single user' operator.
+   *     But since copy_collection is always false then, was not doing anything.
+   *     And that kind of behavior should be added at operator level,
+   *     not in a utility function also used by rather different code. */
 #if 0
   if (copy_collections) {
     Collection *collection, *collectionn;
@@ -1755,7 +1760,8 @@ static void single_object_users(
     ID_NEW_REMAP(v3d->camera);
   }
 
-  /* Making single user may affect other scenes if they share with current one some collections in their ViewLayer. */
+  /* Making single user may affect other scenes if they share
+   * with current one some collections in their ViewLayer. */
   BKE_main_collection_sync(bmain);
 }
 
@@ -2148,7 +2154,8 @@ static void make_local_material_tag(Material *ma)
     ma->id.tag &= ~LIB_TAG_PRE_EXISTING;
     make_local_animdata_tag(BKE_animdata_from_id(&ma->id));
 
-    /* About nodetrees: root one is made local together with material, others we keep linked for now... */
+    /* About nodetrees: root one is made local together with material,
+     * others we keep linked for now... */
   }
 }
 
@@ -2367,7 +2374,8 @@ static int make_override_static_exec(bContext *C, wmOperator *op)
     }
     FOREACH_COLLECTION_OBJECT_RECURSIVE_END;
 
-    /* Then, we remove (untag) bone shape objects, you shall never want to override those (hopefully)... */
+    /* Then, we remove (untag) bone shape objects, you shall never want to override those
+     * (hopefully)... */
     FOREACH_COLLECTION_OBJECT_RECURSIVE_BEGIN (collection, ob) {
       if (ob->type == OB_ARMATURE && ob->pose != NULL) {
         for (bPoseChannel *pchan = ob->pose->chanbase.first; pchan != NULL; pchan = pchan->next) {
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/object/object_select.c b/source/blender/editors/object/object_select.c
index 06bd4d76973..94d4e77c279 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/object/object_select.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/object/object_select.c
@@ -470,7 +470,8 @@ enum {
 };
 
 static const EnumPropertyItem prop_select_linked_types[] = {
-    //{OBJECT_SELECT_LINKED_IPO, "IPO", 0, "Object IPO", ""}, // XXX deprecated animation system stuff...
+    /* XXX deprecated animation system stuff. */
+    // {OBJECT_SELECT_LINKED_IPO, "IPO", 0, "Object IPO", ""},
     {OBJECT_SELECT_LINKED_OBDATA, "OBDATA", 0, "Object Data", ""},
     {OBJECT_SELECT_LINKED_MATERIAL, "MATERIAL", 0, "Material", ""},
     {OBJECT_SELECT_LINKED_DUPGROUP, "DUPGROUP", 0, "Instanced Collection", ""},
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/object/object_shader_fx.c b/source/blender/editors/object/object_shader_fx.c
index 64535d8f281..98c548d76e0 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/object/object_shader_fx.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/object/object_shader_fx.c
@@ -281,7 +281,9 @@ void OBJECT_OT_shaderfx_add(wmOperatorType *ot)
                                        BLT_I18NCONTEXT_ID_ID); /* Abused, for "Light"... */
 }
 
-/************************ generic functions for operators using names and data context *********************/
+/* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** \name Generic Functions for Operators Using Names and Data Context
+ * \{ */
 
 static bool edit_shaderfx_poll_generic(bContext *C, StructRNA *rna_type, int obtype_flag)
 {
@@ -353,6 +355,8 @@ static ShaderFxData *edit_shaderfx_property_get(wmOperator *op, Object *ob, int
   return fx;
 }
 
+/** \} */
+
 /************************ remove shaderfx operator *********************/
 
 static int shaderfx_remove_exec(bContext *C, wmOperator *op)
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/object/object_transform.c b/source/blender/editors/object/object_transform.c
index f2f6afcac81..b7efb22a628 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/object/object_transform.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/object/object_transform.c
@@ -126,7 +126,8 @@ static void object_clear_rot(Object *ob, const bool clear_delta)
             ob->drotAxis[2] = 0.0f;
         }
 
-        /* check validity of axis - axis should never be 0,0,0 (if so, then we make it rotate about y) */
+        /* Check validity of axis - axis should never be 0,0,0
+         * (if so, then we make it rotate about y). */
         if (IS_EQF(ob->rotAxis[0], ob->rotAxis[1]) && IS_EQF(ob->rotAxis[1], ob->rotAxis[2]))
           ob->rotAxis[1] = 1.0f;
         if (IS_EQF(ob->drotAxis[0], ob->drotAxis[1]) && IS_EQF(ob->drotAxis[1], ob->drotAxis[2]) &&
@@ -1385,11 +1386,12 @@ void OBJECT_OT_origin_set(wmOperatorType *ot)
  * - campbell.
  * \{ */
 
-/* When using multiple objects, apply their relative rotational offset to the active object. */
+/** When using multiple objects, apply their relative rotational offset to the active object. */
 #define USE_RELATIVE_ROTATION
-/* Disable overlays, ignoring user setting (light wire gets in the way). */
+/** Disable overlays, ignoring user setting (light wire gets in the way). */
 #define USE_RENDER_OVERRIDE
-/* Calculate a depth if the cursor isn't already over a depth (not essential but feels buggy without). */
+/** Calculate a depth if the cursor isn't already over a depth
+ * (not essential but feels buggy without). */
 #define USE_FAKE_DEPTH_INIT
 
 struct XFormAxisItem {
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/object/object_vgroup.c b/source/blender/editors/object/object_vgroup.c
index 7ba57801ebe..d03f1974fd6 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/object/object_vgroup.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/object/object_vgroup.c
@@ -245,7 +245,8 @@ bool ED_vgroup_parray_alloc(ID *id,
  * For use with tools that use ED_vgroup_parray_alloc with \a use_vert_sel == true.
  * This finds the unselected mirror deform verts and copies the weights to them from the selected.
  *
- * \note \a dvert_array has mirrored weights filled in, in case cleanup operations are needed on both.
+ * \note \a dvert_array has mirrored weights filled in,
+ * in case cleanup operations are needed on both.
  */
 void ED_vgroup_parray_mirror_sync(Object *ob,
                                   MDeformVert **dvert_array,
@@ -376,7 +377,8 @@ bool ED_vgroup_array_copy(Object *ob, Object *ob_from)
   if (ob == ob_from)
     return true;
 
-  /* in case we copy vgroup between two objects using same data, we only have to care about object side of things. */
+  /* In case we copy vgroup between two objects using same data,
+   * we only have to care about object side of things. */
   if (ob->data != ob_from->data) {
     ED_vgroup_parray_alloc(ob_from->data, &dvert_array_from, &dvert_tot_from, false);
     ED_vgroup_parray_alloc(ob->data, &dvert_array, &dvert_tot, false);
@@ -1227,8 +1229,9 @@ static int *getSurroundingVerts(Mesh *me, int vert, int *count)
   return verts;
 }
 
-/* get a single point in space by averaging a point cloud (vectors of size 3)
- * coord is the place the average is stored, points is the point cloud, count is the number of points in the cloud
+/* Get a single point in space by averaging a point cloud (vectors of size 3)
+ * coord is the place the average is stored,
+ * points is the point cloud, count is the number of points in the cloud.
  */
 static void getSingleCoordinate(MVert *points, int count, float coord[3])
 {
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/physics/particle_edit.c b/source/blender/editors/physics/particle_edit.c
index 6f6f78fc321..68bbda51482 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/physics/particle_edit.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/physics/particle_edit.c
@@ -3256,8 +3256,8 @@ static void PE_mirror_x(Scene *scene, Object *ob, int tagged)
   /* NOTE: this is not nice to use tessfaces but hard to avoid since pa->num uses tessfaces */
   BKE_mesh_tessface_ensure(me);
 
-  /* Note: In case psys uses Mesh tessface indices, we mirror final Mesh itself, not orig mesh. Avoids an (impossible)
-   *       mesh -> orig -> mesh tessface indices conversion... */
+  /* NOTE: In case psys uses Mesh tessface indices, we mirror final Mesh itself, not orig mesh.
+   * Avoids an (impossible) mesh -> orig -> mesh tessface indices conversion. */
   mirrorfaces = mesh_get_x_mirror_faces(
       ob, NULL, use_dm_final_indices ? psmd_eval->mesh_final : NULL);
 
@@ -3350,7 +3350,8 @@ static void PE_mirror_x(Scene *scene, Object *ob, int tagged)
       }
 
       /* assign face index */
-      /* NOTE: mesh_get_x_mirror_faces generates -1 for non-found mirror, same as DMCACHE_NOTFOUND... */
+      /* NOTE: mesh_get_x_mirror_faces generates -1 for non-found mirror,
+       * same as DMCACHE_NOTFOUND. */
       newpa->num = mirrorfaces[pa_num * 2];
 
       if (use_dm_final_indices) {
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/physics/particle_object.c b/source/blender/editors/physics/particle_object.c
index 4320760cf96..214a9f22186 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/physics/particle_object.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/physics/particle_object.c
@@ -1066,8 +1066,10 @@ static bool copy_particle_systems_to_object(const bContext *C,
  * the final DM of the object without particles.
  * However, when evaluating the DM all the particle modifiers must be valid,
  * i.e. have the psys assigned already.
- * To break this hen/egg problem we create all psys separately first (to collect required customdata masks),
- * then create the DM, then add them to the object and make the psys modifiers ...
+ *
+ * To break this hen/egg problem we create all psys separately first
+ * (to collect required customdata masks),
+ * then create the DM, then add them to the object and make the psys modifiers.
  */
 #define PSYS_FROM_FIRST (single_psys_from ? single_psys_from : ob_from->particlesystem.first)
 #define PSYS_FROM_NEXT(cur) (single_psys_from ? NULL : (cur)->next)
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/physics/physics_fluid.c b/source/blender/editors/physics/physics_fluid.c
index 65fb58efe6d..d90fefaa67f 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/physics/physics_fluid.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/physics/physics_fluid.c
@@ -701,7 +701,8 @@ static bool fluid_init_filepaths(Main *bmain,
   const bool dir_exists = BLI_dir_create_recursive(targetDir);
   const bool is_writable = BLI_file_is_writable(targetFile);
 
-  /* We change path to some presumably valid default value, but do not allow bake process to continue,
+  /* We change path to some presumably valid default value,
+   * but do not allow bake process to continue,
    * this gives user chance to set manually another path. */
   if (!dir_exists || !is_writable) {
     modifier_path_init(domainSettings->surfdataPath,
@@ -817,7 +818,13 @@ static int runSimulationCallback(void *data, int status, int frame)
 
   if (status == FLUIDSIM_CBSTATUS_NEWFRAME) {
     fluidbake_updatejob(fb, frame / (float)settings->noOfFrames);
-    //printf("elbeem blender cb s%d, f%d, domainid:%d noOfFrames: %d\n", status, frame, settings->domainId, settings->noOfFrames ); // DEBUG
+#  if 0
+    printf("elbeem blender cb s%d, f%d, domainid:%d noOfFrames: %d\n",
+           status,
+           frame,
+           settings->domainId,
+           settings->noOfFrames);  // DEBUG
+#  endif
   }
 
   if (fluidbake_breakjob(fb)) {
@@ -940,7 +947,8 @@ static int fluidsimBake(bContext *C, ReportList *reports, Object *fsDomain, shor
     elbeemDebugOut(debugStrBuffer);
   }
 
-  /* make sure it corresponds to startFrame setting (old: noFrames = scene->r.efra - scene->r.sfra +1) */
+  /* Make sure it corresponds to startFrame setting
+   * (old: noFrames = scene->r.efra - scene->r.sfra +1). */
   ;
   noFrames = scene->r.efra - 0;
   if (noFrames <= 0) {
@@ -1017,9 +1025,9 @@ static int fluidsimBake(bContext *C, ReportList *reports, Object *fsDomain, shor
     return false;
   }
 
-  channels->length =
-      scene->r
-          .efra;  // DG TODO: why using endframe and not "noFrames" here? .. because "noFrames" is buggy too? (not using sfra)
+  /* DG TODO: why using endframe and not "noFrames" here?
+   * because "noFrames" is buggy too? (not using sfra) */
+  channels->length = scene->r.efra;
   channels->aniFrameTime = (double)((double)domainSettings->animEnd -
                                     (double)domainSettings->animStart) /
                            (double)noFrames;
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/render/render_preview.c b/source/blender/editors/render/render_preview.c
index 9b31b63edae..2804ea151d6 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/render/render_preview.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/render/render_preview.c
@@ -1332,7 +1332,8 @@ void ED_preview_icon_job(
 
   icon_preview_add_size(ip, rect, sizex, sizey);
 
-  /* Special threading hack: warn main code that this preview is being rendered and cannot be freed... */
+  /* Special threading hack:
+   * warn main code that this preview is being rendered and cannot be freed... */
   {
     PreviewImage *prv_img = owner;
     if (prv_img->tag & PRV_TAG_DEFFERED) {
@@ -1363,7 +1364,8 @@ void ED_preview_shader_job(const bContext *C,
   Scene *scene = CTX_data_scene(C);
   short id_type = GS(id->name);
 
-  /* Use workspace render only for buttons Window, since the other previews are related to the datablock. */
+  /* Use workspace render only for buttons Window,
+   * since the other previews are related to the datablock. */
 
   if (!check_engine_supports_preview(scene)) {
     return;
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/screen/area.c b/source/blender/editors/screen/area.c
index f0e8fb3fa2f..c38818f3032 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/screen/area.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/screen/area.c
@@ -554,7 +554,8 @@ void ED_region_do_draw(bContext *C, ARegion *ar)
     at->draw(C, ar);
   }
 
-  /* XXX test: add convention to end regions always in pixel space, for drawing of borders/gestures etc */
+  /* XXX test: add convention to end regions always in pixel space,
+   * for drawing of borders/gestures etc */
   ED_region_pixelspace(ar);
 
   ED_region_draw_cb_draw(C, ar, REGION_DRAW_POST_PIXEL);
@@ -2390,7 +2391,8 @@ void ED_region_panels_layout_ex(
     }
   }
   else if (vertical) {
-    /* we always keep the scroll offset - so the total view gets increased with the scrolled away part */
+    /* We always keep the scroll offset -
+     * so the total view gets increased with the scrolled away part. */
     if (v2d->cur.ymax < -FLT_EPSILON) {
       /* Clamp to lower view boundary */
       if (v2d->tot.ymin < -v2d->winy) {
@@ -2525,7 +2527,8 @@ void ED_region_header_layout(const bContext *C, ARegion *ar)
   int yco = buttony + (ar->winy - buttony) / 2;
   int maxco = xco;
 
-  /* XXX workaround for 1 px alignment issue. Not sure what causes it... Would prefer a proper fix - Julian */
+  /* XXX workaround for 1 px alignment issue. Not sure what causes it...
+   * Would prefer a proper fix - Julian */
   if (!ELEM(CTX_wm_area(C)->spacetype, SPACE_TOPBAR, SPACE_STATUSBAR)) {
     yco -= 1;
   }
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/screen/glutil.c b/source/blender/editors/screen/glutil.c
index c22d9d66251..a3273481829 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/screen/glutil.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/screen/glutil.c
@@ -351,7 +351,8 @@ void immDrawPixelsTexScaled_clipping(IMMDrawPixelsTexState *state,
 
       /* NOTE: Weirdly enough this is only required on macOS. Without this there is some sort of
        * bleeding of data is happening from tiles which are drawn later on.
-       * This doesn't seem to be too slow, but still would be nice to have fast and nice solution. */
+       * This doesn't seem to be too slow,
+       * but still would be nice to have fast and nice solution. */
 #ifdef __APPLE__
       GPU_flush();
 #endif
@@ -494,7 +495,8 @@ float bglPolygonOffsetCalc(const float winmat[16], float viewdist, float dist)
     /* This adjustment effectively results in reducing the Z value by 0.25%.
      *
      * winmat[14] actually evaluates to `-2 * far * near / (far - near)`,
-     * is very close to -0.2 with default clip range, and is used as the coefficient multiplied by `w / z`,
+     * is very close to -0.2 with default clip range,
+     * and is used as the coefficient multiplied by `w / z`,
      * thus controlling the z dependent part of the depth value.
      */
     return winmat[14] * -0.0025f * dist;
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/screen/screen_context.c b/source/blender/editors/screen/screen_context.c
index d26907cdd3f..00942a4d1b8 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/screen/screen_context.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/screen/screen_context.c
@@ -566,9 +566,10 @@ int ed_screen_context(const bContext *C, const char *member, bContextDataResult
     }
   }
   else if (CTX_data_equals(member, "gpencil_data")) {
-    /* FIXME: for some reason, CTX_data_active_object(C) returns NULL when called from these situations
-     * (as outlined above - see Campbell's #ifdefs). That causes the get_active function to fail when
-     * called from context. For that reason, we end up using an alternative where we pass everything in!
+    /* FIXME: for some reason, CTX_data_active_object(C) returns NULL when called from these
+     * situations (as outlined above - see Campbell's #ifdefs).
+     * That causes the get_active function to fail when called from context.
+     * For that reason, we end up using an alternative where we pass everything in!
      */
     bGPdata *gpd = ED_gpencil_data_get_active_direct((ID *)sc, sa, scene, obact);
 
@@ -578,8 +579,9 @@ int ed_screen_context(const bContext *C, const char *member, bContextDataResult
     }
   }
   else if (CTX_data_equals(member, "gpencil_data_owner")) {
-    /* pointer to which data/datablock owns the reference to the Grease Pencil data being used (as gpencil_data)
-     * XXX: see comment for gpencil_data case...
+    /* Pointer to which data/datablock owns the reference to the Grease Pencil data being used
+     * (as gpencil_data).
+     * XXX: see comment for gpencil_data case.
      */
     bGPdata **gpd_ptr = NULL;
     PointerRNA ptr;
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/screen/screen_draw.c b/source/blender/editors/screen/screen_draw.c
index fb738bf40cd..6fea27a9cff 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/screen/screen_draw.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/screen/screen_draw.c
@@ -540,7 +540,8 @@ void ED_screen_draw_split_preview(ScrArea *sa, const int dir, const float fac)
 /* Screen Thumbnail Preview */
 
 /**
- * Calculates a scale factor to squash the preview for \a screen into a rectangle of given size and aspect.
+ * Calculates a scale factor to squash the preview for \a screen into a rectangle
+ * of given size and aspect.
  */
 static void screen_preview_scale_get(
     const bScreen *screen, float size_x, float size_y, const float asp[2], float r_scale[2])
@@ -588,7 +589,8 @@ static void screen_preview_draw_areas(const bScreen *screen,
 static void screen_preview_draw(const bScreen *screen, int size_x, int size_y)
 {
   const float asp[2] = {1.0f, 0.8f}; /* square previews look a bit ugly */
-  /* could use theme color (tui.wcol_menu_item.text), but then we'd need to regenerate all previews when changing */
+  /* could use theme color (tui.wcol_menu_item.text),
+   * but then we'd need to regenerate all previews when changing. */
   const float col[4] = {1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f};
   float scale[2];
 
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/screen/screen_geometry.c b/source/blender/editors/screen/screen_geometry.c
index 18541e28ea8..a9aebca7724 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/screen/screen_geometry.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/screen/screen_geometry.c
@@ -84,7 +84,8 @@ bool screen_geom_edge_is_horizontal(ScrEdge *se)
 }
 
 /**
- * \param bounds_rect: Either window or screen bounds. Used to exclude edges along window/screen edges.
+ * \param bounds_rect: Either window or screen bounds.
+ * Used to exclude edges along window/screen edges.
  */
 ScrEdge *screen_geom_area_map_find_active_scredge(const ScrAreaMap *area_map,
                                                   const rcti *bounds_rect,
@@ -225,7 +226,8 @@ void screen_geom_vertices_scale(const wmWindow *win, bScreen *sc)
     }
   }
 
-  /* Global areas have a fixed size that only changes with the DPI. Here we ensure that exactly this size is set. */
+  /* Global areas have a fixed size that only changes with the DPI.
+   * Here we ensure that exactly this size is set. */
   for (ScrArea *area = win->global_areas.areabase.first; area; area = area->next) {
     if (area->global->flag & GLOBAL_AREA_IS_HIDDEN) {
       continue;
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/screen/screen_ops.c b/source/blender/editors/screen/screen_ops.c
index 5e88af31a7c..cb2effd6657 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/screen/screen_ops.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/screen/screen_ops.c
@@ -4274,7 +4274,8 @@ static int screen_animation_step(bContext *C, wmOperator *UNUSED(op), const wmEv
     /* Recalculate the time-step for the timer now that we've finished calculating this,
      * since the frames-per-second value may have been changed.
      */
-    /* TODO: this may make evaluation a bit slower if the value doesn't change... any way to avoid this? */
+    /* TODO: this may make evaluation a bit slower if the value doesn't change...
+     * any way to avoid this? */
     wt->timestep = (1.0 / FPS);
 
     return OPERATOR_FINISHED;
@@ -4620,7 +4621,8 @@ static int drivers_editor_show_invoke(bContext *C, wmOperator *op, const wmEvent
           ANIM_set_active_channel(&ac, ac.data, ac.datatype, filter, fcu, ANIMTYPE_FCURVE);
         }
         else {
-          /* Just blindly isolate... This isn't the best, and shouldn't happen, but may be enough... */
+          /* Just blindly isolate...
+           * This isn't the best, and shouldn't happen, but may be enough. */
           fcu->flag |= (FCURVE_ACTIVE | FCURVE_SELECTED);
         }
       }
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/screen/workspace_edit.c b/source/blender/editors/screen/workspace_edit.c
index ce64bdc27c8..6294a64af0f 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/screen/workspace_edit.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/screen/workspace_edit.c
@@ -109,7 +109,8 @@ static WorkSpaceLayout *workspace_change_get_new_layout(Main *bmain,
                                                         WorkSpace *workspace_new,
                                                         wmWindow *win)
 {
-  /* ED_workspace_duplicate may have stored a layout to activate once the workspace gets activated. */
+  /* ED_workspace_duplicate may have stored a layout to activate
+   * once the workspace gets activated. */
   WorkSpaceLayout *layout_old = WM_window_get_active_layout(win);
   WorkSpaceLayout *layout_new;
   bScreen *screen_new;
@@ -158,7 +159,8 @@ bool ED_workspace_change(WorkSpace *workspace_new, bContext *C, wmWindowManager
 
   win->workspace_hook->temp_layout_store = NULL;
   if (workspace_old == workspace_new) {
-    /* Could also return true, everything that needs to be done was done (nothing :P), but nothing changed */
+    /* Could also return true, everything that needs to be done was done (nothing :P),
+     * but nothing changed */
     return false;
   }
 
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/sculpt_paint/paint_cursor.c b/source/blender/editors/sculpt_paint/paint_cursor.c
index da183d190fa..f69ee66e15c 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/sculpt_paint/paint_cursor.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/sculpt_paint/paint_cursor.c
@@ -194,8 +194,8 @@ static void load_tex_task_cb_ex(void *__restrict userdata,
     len = sqrtf(x * x + y * y);
 
     if (ELEM(mtex->brush_map_mode, MTEX_MAP_MODE_TILED, MTEX_MAP_MODE_STENCIL) || len <= 1.0f) {
-      /* it is probably worth optimizing for those cases where the texture is not rotated by skipping the calls to
-       * atan2, sqrtf, sin, and cos. */
+      /* It is probably worth optimizing for those cases where the texture is not rotated by
+       * skipping the calls to atan2, sqrtf, sin, and cos. */
       if (mtex->tex && (rotation > 0.001f || rotation < -0.001f)) {
         const float angle = atan2f(y, x) + rotation;
 
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/sculpt_paint/paint_image.c b/source/blender/editors/sculpt_paint/paint_image.c
index 4c978f560b3..b82014dcfec 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/sculpt_paint/paint_image.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/sculpt_paint/paint_image.c
@@ -81,8 +81,10 @@
 
 #include "paint_intern.h"
 
-/* This is a static resource for non-global access.
- * Maybe it should be exposed as part of the paint operation, but for now just give a public interface.
+/**
+ * This is a static resource for non-global access.
+ * Maybe it should be exposed as part of the paint operation,
+ * but for now just give a public interface.
  */
 static ImagePaintPartialRedraw imapaintpartial = {0, 0, 0, 0, 0};
 
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/sculpt_paint/paint_image_proj.c b/source/blender/editors/sculpt_paint/paint_image_proj.c
index 50340210932..6b4951d1ca4 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/sculpt_paint/paint_image_proj.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/sculpt_paint/paint_image_proj.c
@@ -1131,7 +1131,8 @@ static bool check_seam(const ProjPaintState *ps,
       i1_fidx = BKE_MESH_TESSTRI_VINDEX_ORDER(lt_vtri, i1);
       i2_fidx = BKE_MESH_TESSTRI_VINDEX_ORDER(lt_vtri, i2);
 
-      /* Only need to check if 'i2_fidx' is valid because we know i1_fidx is the same vert on both faces */
+      /* Only need to check if 'i2_fidx' is valid because
+       * we know i1_fidx is the same vert on both faces. */
       if (i2_fidx != -1) {
         const float *lt_tri_uv[3] = {PS_LOOPTRI_AS_UV_3(ps->poly_to_loop_uv, lt)};
         Image *tpage = project_paint_face_paint_image(ps, tri_index);
@@ -1392,11 +1393,11 @@ static void insert_seam_vert_array(const ProjPaintState *ps,
   }
 }
 
-/*
- * Be tricky with flags, first 4 bits are PROJ_FACE_SEAM0 to 4, last 4 bits are PROJ_FACE_NOSEAM0 to 4
- * 1<<i - where i is (0-3)
+/**
+ * Be tricky with flags, first 4 bits are #PROJ_FACE_SEAM0 to 4,
+ * last 4 bits are #PROJ_FACE_NOSEAM0 to 4. `1 << i` - where i is `(0..3)`.
  *
- * If we're multithreadng, make sure threads are locked when this is called
+ * If we're multithreadng, make sure threads are locked when this is called.
  */
 static void project_face_seams_init(const ProjPaintState *ps,
                                     MemArena *arena,
@@ -1427,7 +1428,8 @@ static void project_face_seams_init(const ProjPaintState *ps,
           insert_seam_vert_array(ps, arena, tri_index, fidx[0], ibuf_x, ibuf_y);
 
           if (other_face != -1) {
-            /* Check if the other seam is already set. We don't want to insert it in the list twice. */
+            /* Check if the other seam is already set.
+             * We don't want to insert it in the list twice. */
             if ((ps->faceSeamFlags[other_face] & (PROJ_FACE_SEAM0 << other_fidx)) == 0) {
               ps->faceSeamFlags[other_face] |= PROJ_FACE_SEAM0 << other_fidx;
               insert_seam_vert_array(ps, arena, other_face, other_fidx, ibuf_x, ibuf_y);
@@ -2205,17 +2207,21 @@ static float len_squared_v2v2_alt(const float v1[2], const float v2_1, const flo
   return x * x + y * y;
 }
 
-/* note, use a squared value so we can use len_squared_v2v2
- * be sure that you have done a bounds check first or this may fail */
-/* only give bucket_bounds as an arg because we need it elsewhere */
+/**
+ * \note Use a squared value so we can use #len_squared_v2v2
+ * be sure that you have done a bounds check first or this may fail.
+ *
+ * Only give \a bucket_bounds as an arg because we need it elsewhere.
+ */
 static bool project_bucket_isect_circle(const float cent[2],
                                         const float radius_squared,
                                         const rctf *bucket_bounds)
 {
 
-  /* Would normally to a simple intersection test, however we know the bounds of these 2 already intersect
-   * so we only need to test if the center is inside the vertical or horizontal bounds on either axis,
-   * this is even less work then an intersection test
+  /* Would normally to a simple intersection test,
+   * however we know the bounds of these 2 already intersect so we only need to test
+   * if the center is inside the vertical or horizontal bounds on either axis,
+   * this is even less work then an intersection test.
    */
 #if 0
   if (BLI_rctf_isect_pt_v(bucket_bounds, cent))
@@ -3027,7 +3033,8 @@ static void project_paint_face_init(const ProjPaintState *ps,
                              &uv_clip_tot,
                              do_backfacecull || ps->do_occlude);
 
-    /* sometimes this happens, better just allow for 8 intersectiosn even though there should be max 6 */
+    /* Sometimes this happens, better just allow for 8 intersections
+     * even though there should be max 6 */
 #if 0
     if (uv_clip_tot > 6) {
       printf("this should never happen! %d\n", uv_clip_tot);
@@ -3132,7 +3139,12 @@ static void project_paint_face_init(const ProjPaintState *ps,
         (face_seam_flag & PROJ_FACE_SEAM_INIT2) == 0) {
       project_face_seams_init(ps, arena, tri_index, 0, true, ibuf->x, ibuf->y);
       face_seam_flag = ps->faceSeamFlags[tri_index];
-      //printf("seams - %d %d %d %d\n", flag&PROJ_FACE_SEAM0, flag&PROJ_FACE_SEAM1, flag&PROJ_FACE_SEAM2);
+#  if 0
+      printf("seams - %d %d %d %d\n",
+             flag & PROJ_FACE_SEAM0,
+             flag & PROJ_FACE_SEAM1,
+             flag & PROJ_FACE_SEAM2);
+#  endif
     }
 
     if ((face_seam_flag & (PROJ_FACE_SEAM0 | PROJ_FACE_SEAM1 | PROJ_FACE_SEAM2)) == 0) {
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/sculpt_paint/paint_mask.c b/source/blender/editors/sculpt_paint/paint_mask.c
index ca48030daed..4a4dbe364a0 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/sculpt_paint/paint_mask.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/sculpt_paint/paint_mask.c
@@ -354,9 +354,10 @@ typedef struct LassoMaskData {
   MaskTaskData task_data;
 } LassoMaskData;
 
-/* Lasso select. This could be defined as part of VIEW3D_OT_select_lasso, still the shortcuts conflict,
- * so we will use a separate operator */
-
+/**
+ * Lasso select. This could be defined as part of #VIEW3D_OT_select_lasso,
+ * still the shortcuts conflict, so we will use a separate operator.
+ */
 static bool is_effected_lasso(LassoMaskData *data, float co[3])
 {
   float scr_co_f[2];
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/sculpt_paint/paint_vertex.c b/source/blender/editors/sculpt_paint/paint_vertex.c
index 291320a520f..cc32d0a44f3 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/sculpt_paint/paint_vertex.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/sculpt_paint/paint_vertex.c
@@ -553,7 +553,8 @@ static void do_weight_paint_normalize_all_locked_try_active(MDeformVert *dvert,
 
   if (!success) {
     /**
-     * Locks prevented the first pass from full completion, so remove restriction on active group; e.g:
+     * Locks prevented the first pass from full completion,
+     * so remove restriction on active group; e.g:
      *
      * - With 1.0 weight painted into active:
      *   nonzero locked weight; first pass zeroed out unlocked weight; scale 1 down to fit.
@@ -845,15 +846,15 @@ static void do_weight_paint_vertex_single(
               dv_mirr, wpi->defbase_tot, wpi->vgroup_validmap, wpi->lock_flags, wpi->mirror.lock);
         }
         else {
-          /* this case accounts for...
-           * - painting onto a center vertex of a mesh
-           * - x mirror is enabled
-           * - auto normalize is enabled
-           * - the group you are painting onto has a L / R version
+          /* This case accounts for:
+           * - Painting onto a center vertex of a mesh.
+           * - X-mirror is enabled.
+           * - Auto normalize is enabled.
+           * - The group you are painting onto has a L / R version.
            *
            * We want L/R vgroups to have the same weight but this cant be if both are over 0.5,
-           * We _could_ have special check for that, but this would need its own normalize function which
-           * holds 2 groups from changing at once.
+           * We _could_ have special check for that, but this would need its own
+           * normalize function which holds 2 groups from changing at once.
            *
            * So! just balance out the 2 weights, it keeps them equal and everything normalized.
            *
@@ -1289,7 +1290,8 @@ static int wpaint_mode_toggle_exec(bContext *C, wmOperator *op)
     BKE_paint_toolslots_brush_validate(bmain, &ts->wpaint->paint);
   }
 
-  /* When locked, it's almost impossible to select the pose then the object to enter weight paint mode.
+  /* When locked, it's almost impossible to select the pose
+   * then the object to enter weight paint mode.
    * In this case move our pose object in/out of pose mode.
    * This is in fits with the convention of selecting multiple objects and entering a mode. */
   if (scene->toolsettings->object_flag & SCE_OBJECT_MODE_LOCK) {
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/sculpt_paint/paint_vertex_color_ops.c b/source/blender/editors/sculpt_paint/paint_vertex_color_ops.c
index ad7cfebb8d5..7df9ccc0e50 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/sculpt_paint/paint_vertex_color_ops.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/sculpt_paint/paint_vertex_color_ops.c
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ static bool vertex_paint_from_weight(Object *ob)
   }
 
   /* TODO: respect selection. */
-  /* TODO: Do we want to take weights from evaluated mesh instead? 2.7x was not doing it anyway... */
+  /* TODO: Do we want to take weights from evaluated mesh instead? 2.7x was not doing it anyway. */
   mp = me->mpoly;
   vgroup_active = ob->actdef - 1;
   for (int i = 0; i < me->totpoly; i++, mp++) {
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/sculpt_paint/sculpt.c b/source/blender/editors/sculpt_paint/sculpt.c
index 6882b249f0d..9ac44c5114d 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/sculpt_paint/sculpt.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/sculpt_paint/sculpt.c
@@ -422,9 +422,10 @@ static void paint_mesh_restore_co(Sculpt *sd, Object *ob)
 
   BKE_pbvh_search_gather(ss->pbvh, NULL, NULL, &nodes, &totnode);
 
-  /* Disable OpenMP when dynamic-topology is enabled. Otherwise, new entries might be inserted by
-   * sculpt_undo_push_node() into the GHash used internally by BM_log_original_vert_co() by a different thread.
-   * See T33787. */
+  /**
+   * Disable OpenMP when dynamic-topology is enabled. Otherwise, new entries might be inserted by
+   * #sculpt_undo_push_node() into the GHash used internally by #BM_log_original_vert_co()
+   * by a different thread. See T33787. */
   SculptThreadedTaskData data = {
       .sd = sd,
       .ob = ob,
@@ -2357,7 +2358,8 @@ static void do_crease_brush(Sculpt *sd, Object *ob, PBVHNode **nodes, int totnod
   mul_v3_v3(offset, ss->cache->scale);
   mul_v3_fl(offset, bstrength);
 
-  /* we divide out the squared alpha and multiply by the squared crease to give us the pinch strength */
+  /* We divide out the squared alpha and multiply by the squared crease
+   * to give us the pinch strength. */
   crease_correction = brush->crease_pinch_factor * brush->crease_pinch_factor;
   brush_alpha = BKE_brush_alpha_get(scene, brush);
   if (brush_alpha > 0.0f)
@@ -2370,7 +2372,8 @@ static void do_crease_brush(Sculpt *sd, Object *ob, PBVHNode **nodes, int totnod
   if (brush->sculpt_tool == SCULPT_TOOL_BLOB)
     flippedbstrength *= -1.0f;
 
-  /* Use surface normal for 'spvc', so the vertices are pinched towards a line instead of a single point.
+  /* Use surface normal for 'spvc',
+   * so the vertices are pinched towards a line instead of a single point.
    * Without this we get a 'flat' surface surrounding the pinch */
   sculpt_project_v3_cache_init(&spvc, ss->cache->sculpt_normal_symm);
 
@@ -4271,7 +4274,8 @@ static void do_symmetrical_brush_actions(Sculpt *sd,
   cache->bstrength = brush_strength(sd, cache, feather, ups);
   cache->symmetry = symm;
 
-  /* symm is a bit combination of XYZ - 1 is mirror X; 2 is Y; 3 is XY; 4 is Z; 5 is XZ; 6 is YZ; 7 is XYZ */
+  /* symm is a bit combination of XYZ -
+   * 1 is mirror X; 2 is Y; 3 is XY; 4 is Z; 5 is XZ; 6 is YZ; 7 is XYZ */
   for (i = 0; i <= symm; ++i) {
     if (i == 0 || (symm & i && (symm != 5 || i != 3) && (symm != 6 || (i != 3 && i != 5)))) {
       cache->mirror_symmetry_pass = i;
@@ -5381,8 +5385,8 @@ static void sculpt_brush_stroke_cancel(bContext *C, wmOperator *op)
   Sculpt *sd = CTX_data_tool_settings(C)->sculpt;
   const Brush *brush = BKE_paint_brush(&sd->paint);
 
-  /* XXX Canceling strokes that way does not work with dynamic topology, user will have to do real undo for now.
-   *     See T46456. */
+  /* XXX Canceling strokes that way does not work with dynamic topology,
+   *     user will have to do real undo for now. See T46456. */
   if (ss->cache && !sculpt_stroke_is_dynamic_topology(ss, brush)) {
     paint_mesh_restore_co(sd, ob);
   }
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/sculpt_paint/sculpt_intern.h b/source/blender/editors/sculpt_paint/sculpt_intern.h
index 97f2ca1a143..be4ab5809e4 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/sculpt_paint/sculpt_intern.h
+++ b/source/blender/editors/sculpt_paint/sculpt_intern.h
@@ -147,8 +147,10 @@ typedef struct SculptThreadedTaskData {
   void *custom_data;
 
   /* Data specific to some callbacks. */
-  /* Note: even if only one or two of those are used at a time, keeping them separated, names help figuring out
-   *       what it is, and memory overhead is ridiculous anyway... */
+
+  /* Note: even if only one or two of those are used at a time,
+   *       keeping them separated, names help figuring out
+   *       what it is, and memory overhead is ridiculous anyway. */
   float flippedbstrength;
   float angle;
   float strength;
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/sculpt_paint/sculpt_uv.c b/source/blender/editors/sculpt_paint/sculpt_uv.c
index 39ada703b9b..826db204fd0 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/sculpt_paint/sculpt_uv.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/sculpt_paint/sculpt_uv.c
@@ -306,8 +306,9 @@ static void HC_relaxation_iteration_uv(BMEditMesh *em,
 
   for (i = 0; i < sculptdata->totalUniqueUvs; i++) {
     float dist;
-    /* This is supposed to happen only if "Pin Edges" is on, since we have initialization on stroke start
-     * If ever uv brushes get their own mode we should check for toolsettings option too */
+    /* This is supposed to happen only if "Pin Edges" is on,
+     * since we have initialization on stroke start.
+     * If ever uv brushes get their own mode we should check for toolsettings option too. */
     if ((sculptdata->uv[i].flag & MARK_BOUNDARY)) {
       continue;
     }
@@ -375,8 +376,8 @@ static void laplacian_relaxation_iteration_uv(BMEditMesh *em,
     add_v2_v2(tmp_uvdata[tmpedge->uv1].sum_co, sculptdata->uv[tmpedge->uv2].uv);
   }
 
-  /* Original Lacplacian algorithm included removal of normal component of translation. here it is not
-   * needed since we translate along the UV plane always.*/
+  /* Original Lacplacian algorithm included removal of normal component of translation.
+   * here it is not needed since we translate along the UV plane always. */
   for (i = 0; i < sculptdata->totalUniqueUvs; i++) {
     copy_v2_v2(tmp_uvdata[i].p, tmp_uvdata[i].sum_co);
     mul_v2_fl(tmp_uvdata[i].p, 1.f / tmp_uvdata[i].ncounter);
@@ -384,8 +385,9 @@ static void laplacian_relaxation_iteration_uv(BMEditMesh *em,
 
   for (i = 0; i < sculptdata->totalUniqueUvs; i++) {
     float dist;
-    /* This is supposed to happen only if "Pin Edges" is on, since we have initialization on stroke start
-     * If ever uv brushes get their own mode we should check for toolsettings option too */
+    /* This is supposed to happen only if "Pin Edges" is on,
+     * since we have initialization on stroke start.
+     * If ever uv brushes get their own mode we should check for toolsettings option too. */
     if ((sculptdata->uv[i].flag & MARK_BOUNDARY)) {
       continue;
     }
@@ -463,8 +465,9 @@ static void uv_sculpt_stroke_apply(bContext *C,
     alpha *= invert;
     for (i = 0; i < sculptdata->totalUniqueUvs; i++) {
       float dist, diff[2];
-      /* This is supposed to happen only if "Lock Borders" is on, since we have initialization on stroke start
-       * If ever uv brushes get their own mode we should check for toolsettings option too */
+      /* This is supposed to happen only if "Lock Borders" is on,
+       * since we have initialization on stroke start.
+       * If ever uv brushes get their own mode we should check for toolsettings option too. */
       if (sculptdata->uv[i].flag & MARK_BOUNDARY) {
         continue;
       }
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_action/action_data.c b/source/blender/editors/space_action/action_data.c
index e9670a0048d..da48a7a9fa1 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_action/action_data.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_action/action_data.c
@@ -170,7 +170,8 @@ static bool action_new_poll(bContext *C)
   Scene *scene = CTX_data_scene(C);
 
   /* Check tweakmode is off (as you don't want to be tampering with the action in that case) */
-  /* NOTE: unlike for pushdown, this operator needs to be run when creating an action from nothing... */
+  /* NOTE: unlike for pushdown,
+   * this operator needs to be run when creating an action from nothing... */
   if (ED_operator_action_active(C)) {
     SpaceAction *saction = (SpaceAction *)CTX_wm_space_data(C);
     Object *ob = CTX_data_active_object(C);
@@ -242,7 +243,10 @@ static int action_new_exec(bContext *C, wmOperator *UNUSED(op))
         }
       }
       else {
-        //printf("WARNING: Failed to stash %s. It may already exist in the NLA stack though\n", oldact->id.name);
+#if 0
+        printf("WARNING: Failed to stash %s. It may already exist in the NLA stack though\n",
+               oldact->id.name);
+#endif
       }
     }
 
@@ -425,7 +429,8 @@ static bool action_stash_create_poll(bContext *C)
     AnimData *adt = ED_actedit_animdata_from_context(C);
 
     /* Check tweakmode is off (as you don't want to be tampering with the action in that case) */
-    /* NOTE: unlike for pushdown, this operator needs to be run when creating an action from nothing... */
+    /* NOTE: unlike for pushdown,
+     * this operator needs to be run when creating an action from nothing... */
     if (adt) {
       if (!(adt->flag & ADT_NLA_EDIT_ON))
         return true;
@@ -472,7 +477,8 @@ static int action_stash_create_exec(bContext *C, wmOperator *op)
       if (BKE_nla_action_stash(adt)) {
         bAction *new_action = NULL;
 
-        /* create new action not based on the old one (since the "new" operator already does that) */
+        /* Create new action not based on the old one
+         * (since the "new" operator already does that). */
         new_action = action_create_new(C, NULL);
 
         /* The stash operation will remove the user already,
@@ -644,7 +650,8 @@ static int action_unlink_exec(bContext *C, wmOperator *op)
 
 static int action_unlink_invoke(bContext *C, wmOperator *op, const wmEvent *evt)
 {
-  /* NOTE: this is hardcoded to match the behavior for the unlink button (in interface_templates.c) */
+  /* NOTE: this is hardcoded to match the behavior for the unlink button
+   * (in interface_templates.c). */
   RNA_boolean_set(op->ptr, "force_delete", evt->shift != 0);
   return action_unlink_exec(C, op);
 }
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_action/action_edit.c b/source/blender/editors/space_action/action_edit.c
index 3444d71baff..e504a4ef9c0 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_action/action_edit.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_action/action_edit.c
@@ -219,7 +219,8 @@ static bool get_keyframe_extents(bAnimContext *ac, float *min, float *max, const
             tmax = BKE_nla_tweakedit_remap(adt, tmax, NLATIME_CONVERT_MAP);
           }
 
-          /* try to set cur using these values, if they're more extreme than previously set values */
+          /* Try to set cur using these values,
+           * if they're more extreme than previously set values. */
           *min = min_ff(*min, tmin);
           *max = max_ff(*max, tmax);
           found = true;
@@ -392,7 +393,8 @@ static int actkeys_viewall(bContext *C, const bool only_sel)
 
   /* set vertical range */
   if (only_sel == false) {
-    /* view all -> the summary channel is usually the shows everything, and resides right at the top... */
+    /* view all -> the summary channel is usually the shows everything,
+     * and resides right at the top... */
     v2d->cur.ymax = 0.0f;
     v2d->cur.ymin = (float)-BLI_rcti_size_y(&v2d->mask);
   }
@@ -1297,8 +1299,9 @@ static void setipo_action_keys(bAnimContext *ac, short mode)
             ANIMFILTER_FOREDIT /*| ANIMFILTER_CURVESONLY*/ | ANIMFILTER_NODUPLIS);
   ANIM_animdata_filter(ac, &anim_data, filter, ac->data, ac->datatype);
 
-  /* loop through setting BezTriple interpolation
-   * Note: we do not supply KeyframeEditData to the looper yet. Currently that's not necessary here...
+  /* Loop through setting BezTriple interpolation
+   * Note: we do not supply KeyframeEditData to the looper yet.
+   * Currently that's not necessary here.
    */
   for (ale = anim_data.first; ale; ale = ale->next) {
     ANIM_fcurve_keyframes_loop(NULL, ale->key_data, NULL, set_cb, calchandles_fcurve);
@@ -1376,8 +1379,9 @@ static void sethandles_action_keys(bAnimContext *ac, short mode)
             ANIMFILTER_FOREDIT /*| ANIMFILTER_CURVESONLY*/ | ANIMFILTER_NODUPLIS);
   ANIM_animdata_filter(ac, &anim_data, filter, ac->data, ac->datatype);
 
-  /* loop through setting flags for handles
-   * Note: we do not supply KeyframeEditData to the looper yet. Currently that's not necessary here...
+  /* Loop through setting flags for handles
+   * Note: we do not supply KeyframeEditData to the looper yet.
+   * Currently that's not necessary here.
    */
   for (ale = anim_data.first; ale; ale = ale->next) {
     FCurve *fcu = (FCurve *)ale->key_data;
@@ -1457,8 +1461,9 @@ static void setkeytype_action_keys(bAnimContext *ac, short mode)
             ANIMFILTER_FOREDIT /*| ANIMFILTER_CURVESONLY*/ | ANIMFILTER_NODUPLIS);
   ANIM_animdata_filter(ac, &anim_data, filter, ac->data, ac->datatype);
 
-  /* loop through setting BezTriple interpolation
-   * Note: we do not supply KeyframeEditData to the looper yet. Currently that's not necessary here...
+  /* Loop through setting BezTriple interpolation
+   * Note: we do not supply KeyframeEditData to the looper yet.
+   * Currently that's not necessary here.
    */
   for (ale = anim_data.first; ale; ale = ale->next) {
     ANIM_fcurve_keyframes_loop(NULL, ale->key_data, NULL, set_cb, NULL);
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_action/action_ops.c b/source/blender/editors/space_action/action_ops.c
index 4419a4d068e..b91ac3c39a3 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_action/action_ops.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_action/action_ops.c
@@ -115,8 +115,10 @@ void action_keymap(wmKeyConfig *keyconf)
   WM_keymap_ensure(keyconf, "Dopesheet Generic", SPACE_ACTION, 0);
 
   /* channels */
-  /* Channels are not directly handled by the Action Editor module, but are inherited from the Animation module.
-   * All the relevant operations, keymaps, drawing, etc. can therefore all be found in that module instead, as these
+  /* Channels are not directly handled by the Action Editor module,
+   * but are inherited from the Animation module.
+   * All the relevant operations, keymaps, drawing, etc.
+   * can therefore all be found in that module instead, as these
    * are all used for the Graph-Editor too.
    */
 
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_action/action_select.c b/source/blender/editors/space_action/action_select.c
index 6b37cd8fe27..8afc9a43f6a 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_action/action_select.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_action/action_select.c
@@ -203,11 +203,13 @@ void ACTION_OT_select_all(wmOperatorType *ot)
 }
 
 /* ******************** Box Select Operator **************************** */
-/* This operator currently works in one of three ways:
- * -> BKEY     - 1) all keyframes within region are selected (ACTKEYS_BORDERSEL_ALLKEYS)
- * -> ALT-BKEY - depending on which axis of the region was larger...
- *  -> 2) x-axis, so select all frames within frame range (ACTKEYS_BORDERSEL_FRAMERANGE)
- *  -> 3) y-axis, so select all frames within channels that region included (ACTKEYS_BORDERSEL_CHANNELS)
+/**
+ * This operator currently works in one of three ways:
+ * - BKEY     - 1) all keyframes within region are selected #ACTKEYS_BORDERSEL_ALLKEYS.
+ * - ALT-BKEY - depending on which axis of the region was larger...
+ *   - 2) x-axis, so select all frames within frame range #ACTKEYS_BORDERSEL_FRAMERANGE.
+ *   - 3) y-axis, so select all frames within channels that region included
+ *     #ACTKEYS_BORDERSEL_CHANNELS.
  */
 
 /* defines for box_select mode */
@@ -229,7 +231,8 @@ static void box_select_action(bAnimContext *ac, const rcti rect, short mode, sho
   rctf rectf;
   float ymin = 0, ymax = (float)(-ACHANNEL_HEIGHT_HALF(ac));
 
-  /* convert mouse coordinates to frame ranges and channel coordinates corrected for view pan/zoom */
+  /* Convert mouse coordinates to frame ranges and channel
+   * coordinates corrected for view pan/zoom. */
   UI_view2d_region_to_view(v2d, rect.xmin, rect.ymin + 2, &rectf.xmin, &rectf.ymin);
   UI_view2d_region_to_view(v2d, rect.xmax, rect.ymax - 2, &rectf.xmax, &rectf.ymax);
 
@@ -342,10 +345,12 @@ static int actkeys_box_select_exec(bContext *C, wmOperator *op)
 
   /* selection 'mode' depends on whether box_select region only matters on one axis */
   if (RNA_boolean_get(op->ptr, "axis_range")) {
-    /* mode depends on which axis of the range is larger to determine which axis to use
-     * - checking this in region-space is fine, as it's fundamentally still going to be a different rect size
-     * - the frame-range select option is favored over the channel one (x over y), as frame-range one is often
-     *   used for tweaking timing when "blocking", while channels is not that useful...
+    /* Mode depends on which axis of the range is larger to determine which axis to use:
+     * - checking this in region-space is fine,
+     *   as it's fundamentally still going to be a different rect size.
+     * - the frame-range select option is favored over the channel one (x over y),
+     *   as frame-range one is often used for tweaking timing when "blocking",
+     *   while channels is not that useful...
      */
     if (BLI_rcti_size_x(&rect) >= BLI_rcti_size_y(&rect))
       mode = ACTKEYS_BORDERSEL_FRAMERANGE;
@@ -409,7 +414,8 @@ static void region_select_action_keys(
   rctf rectf, scaled_rectf;
   float ymin = 0, ymax = (float)(-ACHANNEL_HEIGHT_HALF(ac));
 
-  /* convert mouse coordinates to frame ranges and channel coordinates corrected for view pan/zoom */
+  /* Convert mouse coordinates to frame ranges and channel
+   * coordinates corrected for view pan/zoom. */
   UI_view2d_region_to_view_rctf(v2d, rectf_view, &rectf);
 
   /* filter data */
@@ -1413,8 +1419,8 @@ static void mouse_action_keys(
   UI_view2d_listview_view_to_cell(
       v2d, 0, ACHANNEL_STEP(ac), 0, (float)ACHANNEL_HEIGHT_HALF(ac), x, y, NULL, &channel_index);
 
-  /* x-range to check is +/- 7px for standard keyframe under standard dpi/y-scale (in screen/region-space),
-   * on either side of mouse click (size of keyframe icon)
+  /* x-range to check is +/- 7px for standard keyframe under standard dpi/y-scale
+   * (in screen/region-space), on either side of mouse click (size of keyframe icon).
    */
 
   /* standard channel height (to allow for some slop) */
@@ -1509,7 +1515,8 @@ static void mouse_action_keys(
         akn = ak->left;
     }
 
-    /* remove active channel from list of channels for separate treatment (since it's needed later on) */
+    /* Remove active channel from list of channels for separate treatment
+     * (since it's needed later on). */
     BLI_remlink(&anim_data, ale);
     ale->next = ale->prev = NULL;
 
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_action/space_action.c b/source/blender/editors/space_action/space_action.c
index 4c133e6a91e..d9545e51318 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_action/space_action.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_action/space_action.c
@@ -764,15 +764,15 @@ static void action_refresh(const bContext *C, ScrArea *sa)
 {
   SpaceAction *saction = (SpaceAction *)sa->spacedata.first;
 
-  /* update the state of the animchannels in response to changes from the data they represent
-   * NOTE: the temp flag is used to indicate when this needs to be done, and will be cleared once handled
-   */
+  /* Update the state of the animchannels in response to changes from the data they represent
+   * NOTE: the temp flag is used to indicate when this needs to be done,
+   * and will be cleared once handled. */
   if (saction->runtime.flag & SACTION_RUNTIME_FLAG_NEED_CHAN_SYNC) {
     ARegion *ar;
 
     /* Perform syncing of channel state incl. selection
-     * Active action setting also occurs here (as part of anim channel filtering in anim_filter.c)
-     */
+     * Active action setting also occurs here
+     * (as part of anim channel filtering in anim_filter.c). */
     ANIM_sync_animchannels_to_data(C);
     saction->runtime.flag &= ~SACTION_RUNTIME_FLAG_NEED_CHAN_SYNC;
 
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_file/file_draw.c b/source/blender/editors/space_file/file_draw.c
index 87560436d52..3245cbf2a29 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_file/file_draw.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_file/file_draw.c
@@ -689,7 +689,8 @@ void file_draw_list(const bContext *C, ARegion *ar)
 
     filelist_cache_previews_update(files);
 
-    /* Handle preview timer here, since it's filelist_file_cache_block() and filelist_cache_previews_update()
+    /* Handle preview timer here,
+     * since it's filelist_file_cache_block() and filelist_cache_previews_update()
      * which controls previews task. */
     {
       const bool previews_running = filelist_cache_previews_running(files);
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_file/file_ops.c b/source/blender/editors/space_file/file_ops.c
index 073b6d0f487..2f1671aefa7 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_file/file_ops.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_file/file_ops.c
@@ -1639,7 +1639,8 @@ static int file_smoothscroll_invoke(bContext *C, wmOperator *UNUSED(op), const w
   numfiles = filelist_files_ensure(sfile->files);
 
   /* Due to async nature of file listing, we may execute this code before `file_refresh()`
-   * editing entry is available in our listing, so we also have to handle switching to rename mode here. */
+   * editing entry is available in our listing,
+   * so we also have to handle switching to rename mode here. */
   FileSelectParams *params = ED_fileselect_get_params(sfile);
   if ((params->rename_flag &
        (FILE_PARAMS_RENAME_PENDING | FILE_PARAMS_RENAME_POSTSCROLL_PENDING)) != 0) {
@@ -1657,8 +1658,8 @@ static int file_smoothscroll_invoke(bContext *C, wmOperator *UNUSED(op), const w
 
   /* if we are not editing, we are done */
   if (edit_idx == -1) {
-    /* Do not invalidate timer if filerename is still pending, we might still be building the filelist
-     * and yet have to find edited entry... */
+    /* Do not invalidate timer if filerename is still pending,
+     * we might still be building the filelist and yet have to find edited entry. */
     if (params->rename_flag == 0) {
       WM_event_remove_timer(CTX_wm_manager(C), CTX_wm_window(C), sfile->smoothscroll_timer);
       sfile->smoothscroll_timer = NULL;
@@ -1693,8 +1694,8 @@ static int file_smoothscroll_invoke(bContext *C, wmOperator *UNUSED(op), const w
   }
 
   numfiles_layout = ED_fileselect_layout_numfiles(sfile->layout, ar);
-  /* Using margins helps avoiding scrolling to stop when target item is barely visible on one side of the screen
-   * (i.e. it centers a bit more the target). */
+  /* Using margins helps avoiding scrolling to stop when target item
+   * is barely visible on one side of the screen (i.e. it centers a bit more the target). */
   int numfiles_layout_margin = max_ii(0, numfiles_layout / 3);
 
   /* check if we have reached our final scroll position */
@@ -1702,7 +1703,8 @@ static int file_smoothscroll_invoke(bContext *C, wmOperator *UNUSED(op), const w
       (sfile->scroll_offset < offset + numfiles_layout - numfiles_layout_margin)) {
     WM_event_remove_timer(CTX_wm_manager(C), CTX_wm_window(C), sfile->smoothscroll_timer);
     sfile->smoothscroll_timer = NULL;
-    /* Postscroll (after rename has been validated by user) is done, rename process is totally finisehd, cleanup. */
+    /* Postscroll (after rename has been validated by user) is done,
+     * rename process is totally finisehd, cleanup. */
     if ((params->rename_flag & FILE_PARAMS_RENAME_POSTSCROLL_ACTIVE) != 0) {
       params->renamefile[0] = '\0';
       params->rename_flag = 0;
@@ -1791,8 +1793,10 @@ void FILE_OT_filepath_drop(wmOperatorType *ot)
   RNA_def_string_file_path(ot->srna, "filepath", "Path", FILE_MAX, "", "");
 }
 
-/* create a new, non-existing folder name, returns 1 if successful, 0 if name couldn't be created.
- * The actual name is returned in 'name', 'folder' contains the complete path, including the new folder name.
+/**
+ * Create a new, non-existing folder name, returns 1 if successful, 0 if name couldn't be created.
+ * The actual name is returned in 'name', 'folder' contains the complete path,
+ * including the new folder name.
  */
 static int new_folder_path(const char *parent, char *folder, char *name)
 {
@@ -2270,7 +2274,8 @@ static int file_rename_exec(bContext *C, wmOperator *UNUSED(op))
       filelist_entry_select_index_set(
           sfile->files, idx, FILE_SEL_ADD, FILE_SEL_EDITING, CHECK_ALL);
       BLI_strncpy(sfile->params->renamefile, file->relpath, FILE_MAXFILE);
-      /* We can skip the pending state, as we can directly set FILE_SEL_EDITING on the expected entry here. */
+      /* We can skip the pending state,
+       * as we can directly set FILE_SEL_EDITING on the expected entry here. */
       sfile->params->rename_flag = FILE_PARAMS_RENAME_ACTIVE;
     }
     ED_area_tag_redraw(sa);
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_file/filelist.c b/source/blender/editors/space_file/filelist.c
index 3c3656c97c0..a6a9f3681fd 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_file/filelist.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_file/filelist.c
@@ -293,9 +293,11 @@ typedef struct FileList {
 
   struct FileListEntryCache filelist_cache;
 
-  /* We need to keep those info outside of actual filelist items, because those are no more persistent
+  /* We need to keep those info outside of actual filelist items,
+   * because those are no more persistent
    * (only generated on demand, and freed as soon as possible).
-   * Persistent part (mere list of paths + stat info) is kept as small as possible, and filebrowser-agnostic.
+   * Persistent part (mere list of paths + stat info)
+   * is kept as small as possible, and filebrowser-agnostic.
    */
   GHash *selection_state;
 
@@ -304,7 +306,8 @@ typedef struct FileList {
 
   struct BlendHandle *libfiledata;
 
-  /* Set given path as root directory, if last bool is true may change given string in place to a valid value.
+  /* Set given path as root directory,
+   * if last bool is true may change given string in place to a valid value.
    * Returns True if valid dir. */
   bool (*checkdirf)(struct FileList *, char *, const bool);
 
@@ -1177,8 +1180,8 @@ static void filelist_cache_preview_freef(TaskPool *__restrict UNUSED(pool),
 {
   FileListEntryPreview *preview = taskdata;
 
-  /* If preview->flag is empty, it means that preview has already been generated and added to done queue,
-   * we do not own it anymore. */
+  /* If preview->flag is empty, it means that preview has already been generated and
+   * added to done queue, we do not own it anymore. */
   if (preview->flags) {
     if (preview->img) {
       IMB_freeImBuf(preview->img);
@@ -1207,7 +1210,7 @@ static void filelist_cache_previews_clear(FileListEntryCache *cache)
     BLI_task_pool_cancel(cache->previews_pool);
 
     while ((preview = BLI_thread_queue_pop_timeout(cache->previews_done, 0))) {
-      //          printf("%s: DONE %d - %s - %p\n", __func__, preview->index, preview->path, preview->img);
+      // printf("%s: DONE %d - %s - %p\n", __func__, preview->index, preview->path, preview->img);
       if (preview->img) {
         IMB_freeImBuf(preview->img);
       }
@@ -1514,8 +1517,10 @@ bool filelist_pending(struct FileList *filelist)
 }
 
 /**
- * Limited version of full update done by space_file's file_refresh(), to be used by operators and such.
- * Ensures given filelist is ready to be used (i.e. it is filtered and sorted), unless it is tagged for a full refresh.
+ * Limited version of full update done by space_file's file_refresh(),
+ * to be used by operators and such.
+ * Ensures given filelist is ready to be used (i.e. it is filtered and sorted),
+ * unless it is tagged for a full refresh.
  */
 int filelist_files_ensure(FileList *filelist)
 {
@@ -1717,7 +1722,11 @@ static void filelist_file_cache_block_release(struct FileList *filelist,
 
     for (i = 0; i < size; i++, cursor++) {
       FileDirEntry *entry = cache->block_entries[cursor];
-      //          printf("%s: release cacheidx %d (%%p %%s)\n", __func__, cursor/*, cache->block_entries[cursor], cache->block_entries[cursor]->relpath*/);
+#if 0
+      printf("%s: release cacheidx %d (%%p %%s)\n",
+             __func__,
+             cursor /*, cache->block_entries[cursor], cache->block_entries[cursor]->relpath*/);
+#endif
       BLI_ghash_remove(cache->uuids, entry->uuid, NULL, NULL);
       filelist_file_release_entry(filelist, entry);
 #ifndef NDEBUG
@@ -1828,8 +1837,12 @@ bool filelist_file_cache_block(struct FileList *filelist, const int index)
         int size2 = 0;
         int idx1, idx2 = 0;
 
-        //              printf("\tcache releasing: [%d:%d] (%d)\n",
-        //                     cache->block_end_index - size1, cache->block_end_index, cache->block_cursor);
+#if 0
+        printf("\tcache releasing: [%d:%d] (%d)\n",
+               cache->block_end_index - size1,
+               cache->block_end_index,
+               cache->block_cursor);
+#endif
 
         idx1 = (cache->block_cursor + end_index - cache->block_start_index) % cache_size;
         if (idx1 + size1 > cache_size) {
@@ -1988,8 +2001,8 @@ bool filelist_cache_previews_update(FileList *filelist)
     //      printf("%s: %d - %s - %p\n", __func__, preview->index, preview->path, preview->img);
 
     if (preview->img) {
-      /* Due to asynchronous process, a preview for a given image may be generated several times, i.e.
-       * entry->image may already be set at this point. */
+      /* Due to asynchronous process, a preview for a given image may be generated several times,
+       * i.e. entry->image may already be set at this point. */
       if (entry && !entry->image) {
         entry->image = preview->img;
         changed = true;
@@ -2275,7 +2288,8 @@ static unsigned int groupname_to_filter_id(const char *group)
 }
 
 /**
- * From here, we are in 'Job Context', i.e. have to be careful about sharing stuff between background working thread
+ * From here, we are in 'Job Context',
+ * i.e. have to be careful about sharing stuff between background working thread.
  * and main one (used by UI among other things).
  */
 typedef struct TodoDir {
@@ -2519,10 +2533,14 @@ static void filelist_readjob_main_rec(Main *bmain, FileList *filelist)
 #  if 0 /* XXX TODO show the selection status of the objects */
           if (!filelist->has_func) { /* F4 DATA BROWSE */
             if (idcode == ID_OB) {
-              if ( ((Object *)id)->flag & SELECT) files->entry->selflag |= FILE_SEL_SELECTED;
+              if ( ((Object *)id)->flag & SELECT) {
+                files->entry->selflag |= FILE_SEL_SELECTED;
+              }
             }
             else if (idcode == ID_SCE) {
-              if ( ((Scene *)id)->r.scemode & R_BG_RENDER) files->entry->selflag |= FILE_SEL_SELECTED;
+              if ( ((Scene *)id)->r.scemode & R_BG_RENDER) {
+                files->entry->selflag |= FILE_SEL_SELECTED;
+              }
             }
           }
 #  endif
@@ -2533,10 +2551,20 @@ static void filelist_readjob_main_rec(Main *bmain, FileList *filelist)
               idcode == ID_IM) {
             files->typeflag |= FILE_TYPE_IMAGE;
           }
-          //                  if      (id->lib && fake) BLI_snprintf(files->extra, sizeof(files->entry->extra), "LF %d",    id->us);
-          //                  else if (id->lib)         BLI_snprintf(files->extra, sizeof(files->entry->extra), "L    %d",  id->us);
-          //                  else if (fake)            BLI_snprintf(files->extra, sizeof(files->entry->extra), "F    %d",  id->us);
-          //                  else                      BLI_snprintf(files->extra, sizeof(files->entry->extra), "      %d", id->us);
+#  if 0
+          if (id->lib && fake) {
+            BLI_snprintf(files->extra, sizeof(files->entry->extra), "LF %d", id->us);
+          }
+          else if (id->lib) {
+            BLI_snprintf(files->extra, sizeof(files->entry->extra), "L    %d", id->us);
+          }
+          else if (fake) {
+            BLI_snprintf(files->extra, sizeof(files->entry->extra), "F    %d", id->us);
+          }
+          else {
+            BLI_snprintf(files->extra, sizeof(files->entry->extra), "      %d", id->us);
+          }
+#  endif
 
           if (id->lib) {
             if (totlib == 0)
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_file/filesel.c b/source/blender/editors/space_file/filesel.c
index 24689d52110..9261c954bb6 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_file/filesel.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_file/filesel.c
@@ -757,8 +757,8 @@ void ED_fileselect_exit(wmWindowManager *wm, ScrArea *sa, SpaceFile *sfile)
   }
 }
 
-/** Helper used by both main update code, and smoothscroll timer, to try to enable rename editing from
- * params->renamefile name. */
+/** Helper used by both main update code, and smoothscroll timer,
+ * to try to enable rename editing from #FileSelectParams.renamefile name. */
 void file_params_renamefile_activate(SpaceFile *sfile, FileSelectParams *params)
 {
   BLI_assert(params->rename_flag != 0);
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_file/fsmenu.c b/source/blender/editors/space_file/fsmenu.c
index a896968dadf..f1030a93dc2 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_file/fsmenu.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_file/fsmenu.c
@@ -219,9 +219,8 @@ void fsmenu_entry_refresh_valid(struct FSMenuEntry *fsentry)
   if (fsentry->path && fsentry->path[0]) {
 #ifdef WIN32
     /* XXX Special case, always consider those as valid.
-     *     Thanks to Windows, which can spend five seconds to perform a mere stat() call on those paths...
-     *     See T43684.
-     */
+     * Thanks to Windows, which can spend five seconds to perform a mere stat() call on those paths
+     * See T43684. */
     const char *exceptions[] = {"A:\\", "B:\\", NULL};
     const size_t exceptions_len[] = {strlen(exceptions[0]), strlen(exceptions[1]), 0};
     int i;
@@ -519,11 +518,11 @@ void fsmenu_read_system(struct FSMenu *fsmenu, int read_bookmarks)
 #else
 #  ifdef __APPLE__
   {
-    /* Get mounted volumes better method OSX 10.6 and higher, see: */
-    /*https://developer.apple.com/library/mac/#documentation/CoreFOundation/Reference/CFURLRef/Reference/reference.html*/
+    /* Get mounted volumes better method OSX 10.6 and higher, see:
+     * https://developer.apple.com/library/mac/#documentation/CoreFOundation/Reference/CFURLRef/Reference/reference.html */
 
-    /* we get all volumes sorted including network and do not relay
-     * on user-defined finder visibility, less confusing */
+    /* We get all volumes sorted including network and do not relay
+     * on user-defined finder visibility, less confusing. */
 
     CFURLRef cfURL = NULL;
     CFURLEnumeratorResult result = kCFURLEnumeratorSuccess;
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_graph/graph_buttons.c b/source/blender/editors/space_graph/graph_buttons.c
index 20ddf434f5f..f8f75234852 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_graph/graph_buttons.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_graph/graph_buttons.c
@@ -76,8 +76,10 @@ static int graph_panel_context(const bContext *C, bAnimListElem **ale, FCurve **
   bAnimContext ac;
   bAnimListElem *elem = NULL;
 
-  /* for now, only draw if we could init the anim-context info (necessary for all animation-related tools)
-   * to work correctly is able to be correctly retrieved. There's no point showing empty panels?
+  /* For now, only draw if we could init the anim-context info
+   * (necessary for all animation-related tools)
+   * to work correctly is able to be correctly retrieved.
+   * There's no point showing empty panels?
    */
   if (ANIM_animdata_get_context(C, &ac) == 0)
     return 0;
@@ -869,7 +871,8 @@ static void graph_draw_driven_property_panel(uiLayout *layout, ID *id, FCurve *f
   uiLayoutSetAlignment(row, UI_LAYOUT_ALIGN_LEFT);
 
   /* -> user friendly 'name' for datablock that owns F-Curve */
-  /* XXX: Actually, we may need the datablock icons only... (e.g. right now will show bone for bone props) */
+  /* XXX: Actually, we may need the datablock icons only...
+   * (e.g. right now will show bone for bone props). */
   uiItemL(row, id->name + 2, icon);
 
   /* -> user friendly 'name' for F-Curve/driver target */
@@ -915,7 +918,8 @@ static void graph_draw_driver_settings_panel(uiLayout *layout,
   uiItemS(layout);
   uiItemS(layout);
 
-  /* show expression box if doing scripted drivers, and/or error messages when invalid drivers exist */
+  /* show expression box if doing scripted drivers,
+   * and/or error messages when invalid drivers exist */
   if (driver->type == DRIVER_TYPE_PYTHON) {
     bool bpy_data_expr_error = (strstr(driver->expression, "bpy.data.") != NULL);
     bool bpy_ctx_expr_error = (strstr(driver->expression, "bpy.context.") != NULL);
@@ -1190,7 +1194,8 @@ static void graph_draw_driver_settings_panel(uiLayout *layout,
 
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------- */
 
-/* panel to show property driven by the driver (in Drivers Editor) - duplicates Active FCurve, but useful for clarity */
+/* Panel to show property driven by the driver (in Drivers Editor) - duplicates Active FCurve,
+ * but useful for clarity. */
 static void graph_panel_driven_property(const bContext *C, Panel *pa)
 {
   bAnimListElem *ale;
@@ -1223,7 +1228,8 @@ static void graph_panel_drivers(const bContext *C, Panel *pa)
 
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------- */
 
-/* poll to make this not show up in the graph editor, as this is only to be used as a popup elsewhere */
+/* Poll to make this not show up in the graph editor,
+ * as this is only to be used as a popup elsewhere. */
 static bool graph_panel_drivers_popover_poll(const bContext *C, PanelType *UNUSED(pt))
 {
   return ED_operator_graphedit_active((bContext *)C) == false;
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_graph/graph_draw.c b/source/blender/editors/space_graph/graph_draw.c
index 36c3ec21d2a..3c41b076738 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_graph/graph_draw.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_graph/graph_draw.c
@@ -175,8 +175,9 @@ static void draw_fcurve_selected_keyframe_vertices(
 
   BezTriple *bezt = fcu->bezt;
   for (int i = 0; i < fcu->totvert; i++, bezt++) {
-    /* as an optimization step, only draw those in view
-     * - we apply a correction factor to ensure that points don't pop in/out due to slight twitches of view size
+    /* As an optimization step, only draw those in view
+     * - We apply a correction factor to ensure that points
+     *   don't pop in/out due to slight twitches of view size.
      */
     if (IN_RANGE(bezt->vec[1][0], (v2d->cur.xmin - fac), (v2d->cur.xmax + fac))) {
       if (edit) {
@@ -281,9 +282,10 @@ static void draw_fcurve_vertices(ARegion *ar, FCurve *fcu, bool do_handles, bool
   View2D *v2d = &ar->v2d;
 
   /* only draw points if curve is visible
-   * - draw unselected points before selected points as separate passes
+   * - Draw unselected points before selected points as separate passes
    *    to make sure in the case of overlapping points that the selected is always visible
-   * - draw handles before keyframes, so that keyframes will overlap handles (keyframes are more important for users)
+   * - Draw handles before keyframes, so that keyframes will overlap handles
+   *   (keyframes are more important for users).
    */
 
   uint pos = GPU_vertformat_attr_add(immVertexFormat(), "pos", GPU_COMP_F32, 2, GPU_FETCH_FLOAT);
@@ -484,7 +486,8 @@ static void draw_fcurve_samples(SpaceGraph *sipo, ARegion *ar, FCurve *fcu)
 
 /* Curve ---------------- */
 
-/* helper func - just draw the F-Curve by sampling the visible region (for drawing curves with modifiers) */
+/* Helper func - just draw the F-Curve by sampling the visible region
+ * (for drawing curves with modifiers). */
 static void draw_fcurve_curve(
     bAnimContext *ac, ID *id, FCurve *fcu_, View2D *v2d, View2DGrid *grid, unsigned int pos)
 {
@@ -496,8 +499,8 @@ static void draw_fcurve_curve(
   short mapping_flag = ANIM_get_normalization_flags(ac);
   int i, n;
 
-  /* when opening a blend file on a different sized screen or while dragging the toolbar this can happen
-   * best just bail out in this case */
+  /* when opening a blend file on a different sized screen or while dragging the toolbar this can
+   * happen best just bail out in this case. */
   UI_view2d_grid_size(grid, &dx, &dy);
   if (dx <= 0.0f)
     return;
@@ -523,7 +526,8 @@ static void draw_fcurve_curve(
    */
   /* grid->dx represents the number of 'frames' between gridlines,
    * but we divide by U.v2d_min_gridsize to get pixels-steps */
-  /* TODO: perhaps we should have 1.0 frames as upper limit so that curves don't get too distorted? */
+  /* TODO: perhaps we should have 1.0 frames
+   * as upper limit so that curves don't get too distorted? */
   samplefreq = dx / (U.v2d_min_gridsize * U.pixelsize);
 
   if (sipo->flag & SIPO_BEAUTYDRAW_OFF) {
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_graph/graph_edit.c b/source/blender/editors/space_graph/graph_edit.c
index 29058e47199..a526ada2300 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_graph/graph_edit.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_graph/graph_edit.c
@@ -230,8 +230,8 @@ void GRAPH_OT_previewrange_set(wmOperatorType *ot)
 
   /* api callbacks */
   ot->exec = graphkeys_previewrange_exec;
-  ot->poll =
-      ED_operator_graphedit_active;  // XXX: unchecked poll to get fsamples working too, but makes modifier damage trickier...
+  // XXX: unchecked poll to get fsamples working too, but makes modifier damage trickier...
+  ot->poll = ED_operator_graphedit_active;
 
   /* flags */
   ot->flag = OPTYPE_REGISTER | OPTYPE_UNDO;
@@ -447,7 +447,8 @@ static int graphkeys_create_ghostcurves_exec(bContext *C, wmOperator *UNUSED(op)
   if (ANIM_animdata_get_context(C, &ac) == 0)
     return OPERATOR_CANCELLED;
 
-  /* ghost curves are snapshots of the visible portions of the curves, so set range to be the visible range */
+  /* Ghost curves are snapshots of the visible portions of the curves,
+   * so set range to be the visible range. */
   v2d = &ac.ar->v2d;
   start = (int)v2d->cur.xmin;
   end = (int)v2d->cur.xmax;
@@ -638,13 +639,17 @@ static void insert_graph_keys(bAnimContext *ac, eGraphKeys_InsertKey_Types mode)
       FCurve *fcu = (FCurve *)ale->key_data;
       float cfra = (float)CFRA;
 
-      /* read value from property the F-Curve represents, or from the curve only?
-       * - ale->id != NULL:    Typically, this means that we have enough info to try resolving the path
-       * - ale->owner != NULL: If this is set, then the path may not be resolvable from the ID alone,
-       *                       so it's easier for now to just read the F-Curve directly.
-       *                       (TODO: add the full-blown PointerRNA relative parsing case here...)
-       * - fcu->driver != NULL: If this is set, then it's a driver. If we don't check for this, we'd end
-       *                        up adding the keyframes on a new F-Curve in the action data instead.
+      /* Read value from property the F-Curve represents, or from the curve only?
+       *
+       * - ale->id != NULL:
+       *   Typically, this means that we have enough info to try resolving the path.
+       * - ale->owner != NULL:
+       *   If this is set, then the path may not be resolvable from the ID alone,
+       *   so it's easier for now to just read the F-Curve directly.
+       *   (TODO: add the full-blown PointerRNA relative parsing case here...)
+       * - fcu->driver != NULL:
+       *   If this is set, then it's a driver. If we don't check for this, we'd end
+       *   up adding the keyframes on a new F-Curve in the action data instead.
        */
       if (ale->id && !ale->owner && !fcu->driver) {
         insert_keyframe(ac->bmain,
@@ -760,9 +765,9 @@ static int graphkeys_click_insert_exec(bContext *C, wmOperator *op)
 
     /* preserve selection? */
     if (RNA_boolean_get(op->ptr, "extend") == false) {
-      /* deselect all keyframes first, so that we can immediately start manipulating the newly added one(s)
-       * - only affect the keyframes themselves, as we don't want channels popping in and out...
-       */
+      /* Deselect all keyframes first,
+       * so that we can immediately start manipulating the newly added one(s)
+       * - only affect the keyframes themselves, as we don't want channels popping in and out. */
       deselect_graph_keys(&ac, false, SELECT_SUBTRACT, false);
     }
 
@@ -1755,8 +1760,9 @@ static void setipo_graph_keys(bAnimContext *ac, short mode)
             ANIMFILTER_NODUPLIS);
   ANIM_animdata_filter(ac, &anim_data, filter, ac->data, ac->datatype);
 
-  /* loop through setting BezTriple interpolation
-   * Note: we do not supply KeyframeEditData to the looper yet. Currently that's not necessary here...
+  /* Loop through setting BezTriple interpolation
+   * Note: we do not supply KeyframeEditData to the looper yet.
+   * Currently that's not necessary here.
    */
   for (ale = anim_data.first; ale; ale = ale->next) {
     ANIM_fcurve_keyframes_loop(NULL, ale->key_data, NULL, set_cb, calchandles_fcurve);
@@ -1826,8 +1832,9 @@ static void seteasing_graph_keys(bAnimContext *ac, short mode)
             ANIMFILTER_NODUPLIS);
   ANIM_animdata_filter(ac, &anim_data, filter, ac->data, ac->datatype);
 
-  /* loop through setting BezTriple easing
-   * Note: we do not supply KeyframeEditData to the looper yet. Currently that's not necessary here...
+  /* Loop through setting BezTriple easing.
+   * Note: we do not supply KeyframeEditData to the looper yet.
+   * Currently that's not necessary here.
    */
   for (ale = anim_data.first; ale; ale = ale->next) {
     ANIM_fcurve_keyframes_loop(NULL, ale->key_data, NULL, set_cb, calchandles_fcurve);
@@ -1898,8 +1905,9 @@ static void sethandles_graph_keys(bAnimContext *ac, short mode)
             ANIMFILTER_NODUPLIS);
   ANIM_animdata_filter(ac, &anim_data, filter, ac->data, ac->datatype);
 
-  /* loop through setting flags for handles
-   * Note: we do not supply KeyframeEditData to the looper yet. Currently that's not necessary here...
+  /* Loop through setting flags for handles.
+   * Note: we do not supply KeyframeEditData to the looper yet.
+   * Currently that's not necessary here.
    */
   for (ale = anim_data.first; ale; ale = ale->next) {
     FCurve *fcu = (FCurve *)ale->key_data;
@@ -2081,8 +2089,10 @@ static int graphkeys_euler_filter_exec(bContext *C, wmOperator *op)
       continue;
     }
 
-    /* simple method: just treat any difference between keys of greater than 180 degrees as being a flip */
-    /* FIXME: there are more complicated methods that will be needed to fix more cases than just some */
+    /* Simple method: just treat any difference between
+     * keys of greater than 180 degrees as being a flip. */
+    /* FIXME: there are more complicated methods that
+     * will be needed to fix more cases than just some */
     for (f = 0; f < 3; f++) {
       FCurve *fcu = euf->fcurves[f];
       BezTriple *bezt, *prev;
@@ -2787,7 +2797,13 @@ void GRAPH_OT_fmodifier_copy(wmOperatorType *ot)
   ot->flag = OPTYPE_REGISTER | OPTYPE_UNDO;
 
   /* id-props */
-  //ot->prop = RNA_def_boolean(ot->srna, "all", 1, "All F-Modifiers", "Copy all the F-Modifiers, instead of just the active one");
+#if 0
+  ot->prop = RNA_def_boolean(ot->srna,
+                             "all",
+                             1,
+                             "All F-Modifiers",
+                             "Copy all the F-Modifiers, instead of just the active one");
+#endif
 }
 
 /* ******************** Paste F-Modifiers Operator *********************** */
@@ -2814,7 +2830,8 @@ static int graph_fmodifier_paste_exec(bContext *C, wmOperator *op)
               ANIMFILTER_NODUPLIS);
   }
   else {
-    /* This is only if the operator gets called from a hotkey or search - Paste to all visible curves */
+    /* This is only if the operator gets called from a hotkey or search -
+     * Paste to all visible curves. */
     filter = (ANIMFILTER_DATA_VISIBLE | ANIMFILTER_CURVE_VISIBLE | ANIMFILTER_SEL |
               ANIMFILTER_FOREDIT | ANIMFILTER_NODUPLIS);
   }
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_graph/graph_ops.c b/source/blender/editors/space_graph/graph_ops.c
index f80041ff586..30f3960e18a 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_graph/graph_ops.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_graph/graph_ops.c
@@ -493,9 +493,11 @@ void graphedit_keymap(wmKeyConfig *keyconf)
   WM_keymap_ensure(keyconf, "Graph Editor Generic", SPACE_GRAPH, 0);
 
   /* channels */
-  /* Channels are not directly handled by the Graph Editor module, but are inherited from the Animation module.
-   * All the relevant operations, keymaps, drawing, etc. can therefore all be found in that module instead, as these
-   * are all used for the Graph Editor too.
+  /* Channels are not directly handled by the Graph Editor module,
+   * but are inherited from the Animation module.
+   * All the relevant operations, keymaps, drawing, etc.
+   * can therefore all be found in that module instead,
+   * as these are all used for the Graph Editor too.
    */
 
   /* keyframes */
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_graph/graph_select.c b/source/blender/editors/space_graph/graph_select.c
index a109282978c..05d0ba38461 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_graph/graph_select.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_graph/graph_select.c
@@ -216,7 +216,8 @@ void GRAPH_OT_select_all(wmOperatorType *ot)
  * -> BKEY     - 1) all keyframes within region are selected (validation with BEZT_OK_REGION)
  * -> ALT-BKEY - depending on which axis of the region was larger...
  *    -> 2) x-axis, so select all frames within frame range (validation with BEZT_OK_FRAMERANGE)
- *    -> 3) y-axis, so select all frames within channels that region included (validation with BEZT_OK_VALUERANGE)
+ *    -> 3) y-axis, so select all frames within channels that region included
+ *          (validation with BEZT_OK_VALUERANGE).
  *
  * The selection backend is also reused for the Lasso and Circle select operators.
  */
@@ -243,7 +244,8 @@ static void box_select_graphkeys(bAnimContext *ac,
   View2D *v2d = &ac->ar->v2d;
   rctf rectf, scaled_rectf;
 
-  /* convert mouse coordinates to frame ranges and channel coordinates corrected for view pan/zoom */
+  /* Convert mouse coordinates to frame ranges and
+   * channel coordinates corrected for view pan/zoom. */
   UI_view2d_region_to_view_rctf(v2d, rectf_view, &rectf);
 
   /* filter data */
@@ -362,9 +364,11 @@ static int graphkeys_box_select_exec(bContext *C, wmOperator *op)
   /* selection 'mode' depends on whether box_select region only matters on one axis */
   if (RNA_boolean_get(op->ptr, "axis_range")) {
     /* mode depends on which axis of the range is larger to determine which axis to use
-     * - checking this in region-space is fine, as it's fundamentally still going to be a different rect size
-     * - the frame-range select option is favored over the channel one (x over y), as frame-range one is often
-     *   used for tweaking timing when "blocking", while channels is not that useful...
+     * - Checking this in region-space is fine, as it's fundamentally still going to be a
+     *   different rect size.
+     * - The frame-range select option is favored over the channel one (x over y),
+     *   as frame-range one is often used for tweaking timing when "blocking",
+     *   while channels is not that useful.
      */
     if ((BLI_rcti_size_x(&rect)) >= (BLI_rcti_size_y(&rect)))
       mode = BEZT_OK_FRAMERANGE;
@@ -1319,8 +1323,11 @@ static tNearestVertInfo *get_best_nearest_fcurve_vert(ListBase *matches)
   return BLI_pophead(matches);
 }
 
-/* Find the nearest vertices (either a handle or the keyframe) that are nearest to the mouse cursor (in area coordinates)
- * NOTE: the match info found must still be freed
+/**
+ * Find the nearest vertices (either a handle or the keyframe)
+ * that are nearest to the mouse cursor (in area coordinates)
+ *
+ * \note the match info found must still be freed.
  */
 static tNearestVertInfo *find_nearest_fcurve_vert(bAnimContext *ac, const int mval[2])
 {
@@ -1445,7 +1452,8 @@ static void mouse_graph_keys(bAnimContext *ac,
         nvi->fcu->flag &= ~FCURVE_SELECTED;
     }
     else {
-      /* didn't hit any channel, so just apply that selection mode to the curve's selection status */
+      /* Didn't hit any channel,
+       * so just apply that selection mode to the curve's selection status. */
       if (select_mode == SELECT_INVERT)
         nvi->fcu->flag ^= FCURVE_SELECTED;
       else if (select_mode == SELECT_ADD)
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_graph/graph_utils.c b/source/blender/editors/space_graph/graph_utils.c
index 8029f0b796e..d8cb173f944 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_graph/graph_utils.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_graph/graph_utils.c
@@ -91,11 +91,14 @@ void ED_drivers_editor_init(bContext *C, ScrArea *sa)
 /* ************************************************************** */
 /* Active F-Curve */
 
-/* Find 'active' F-Curve. It must be editable, since that's the purpose of these buttons (subject to change).
- * We return the 'wrapper' since it contains valuable context info (about hierarchy), which will need to be freed
- * when the caller is done with it.
+/**
+ * Find 'active' F-Curve.
+ * It must be editable, since that's the purpose of these buttons (subject to change).
+ * We return the 'wrapper' since it contains valuable context info (about hierarchy),
+ * which will need to be freed when the caller is done with it.
  *
- * NOTE: curve-visible flag isn't included, otherwise selecting a curve via list to edit is too cumbersome
+ * \note curve-visible flag isn't included,
+ * otherwise selecting a curve via list to edit is too cumbersome.
  */
 bAnimListElem *get_active_fcurve_channel(bAnimContext *ac)
 {
@@ -244,9 +247,10 @@ bool graphop_active_fcurve_poll(bContext *C)
   if (ale == NULL)
     return 0;
 
-  /* do we have a suitable F-Curves?
-   * - For most cases, NLA Control Curves are sufficiently similar to NLA curves to serve this role too.
-   *   Under the hood, they are F-Curves too. The only problems which will arise here are if these need to be
+  /* Do we have a suitable F-Curves?
+   * - For most cases, NLA Control Curves are sufficiently similar to NLA
+   *   curves to serve this role too. Under the hood, they are F-Curves too.
+   *   The only problems which will arise here are if these need to be
    *   in an Action too (but drivers would then also be affected!)
    */
   has_fcurve = ((ale->data) && ELEM(ale->type, ANIMTYPE_FCURVE, ANIMTYPE_NLACURVE));
@@ -280,9 +284,9 @@ bool graphop_selected_fcurve_poll(bContext *C)
   if (ANIM_animdata_get_context(C, &ac) == 0)
     return 0;
 
-  /* get the editable + selected F-Curves, and as long as we got some, we can return
-   * NOTE: curve-visible flag isn't included, otherwise selecting a curve via list to edit is too cumbersome
-   */
+  /* Get the editable + selected F-Curves, and as long as we got some, we can return.
+   * NOTE: curve-visible flag isn't included,
+   * otherwise selecting a curve via list to edit is too cumbersome. */
   filter = (ANIMFILTER_DATA_VISIBLE | ANIMFILTER_SEL | ANIMFILTER_FOREDIT);
   items = ANIM_animdata_filter(&ac, &anim_data, filter, ac.data, ac.datatype);
   if (items == 0)
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_graph/space_graph.c b/source/blender/editors/space_graph/space_graph.c
index 8fb5cb1d18a..7f6ee09813a 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_graph/space_graph.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_graph/space_graph.c
@@ -655,13 +655,15 @@ static void graph_refresh_fcurve_colors(const bContext *C)
     /* set color of curve here */
     switch (fcu->color_mode) {
       case FCURVE_COLOR_CUSTOM: {
-        /* User has defined a custom color for this curve already (we assume it's not going to cause clashes with text colors),
+        /* User has defined a custom color for this curve already
+         * (we assume it's not going to cause clashes with text colors),
          * which should be left alone... Nothing needs to be done here.
          */
         break;
       }
       case FCURVE_COLOR_AUTO_RGB: {
-        /* F-Curve's array index is automatically mapped to RGB values. This works best of 3-value vectors.
+        /* F-Curve's array index is automatically mapped to RGB values.
+         * This works best of 3-value vectors.
          * TODO: find a way to module the hue so that not all curves have same color...
          */
         float *col = fcu->color;
@@ -765,9 +767,9 @@ static void graph_refresh(const bContext *C, ScrArea *sa)
   /* region updates? */
   // XXX re-sizing y-extents of tot should go here?
 
-  /* update the state of the animchannels in response to changes from the data they represent
-   * NOTE: the temp flag is used to indicate when this needs to be done, and will be cleared once handled
-   */
+  /* Update the state of the animchannels in response to changes from the data they represent
+   * NOTE: the temp flag is used to indicate when this needs to be done,
+   * and will be cleared once handled. */
   if (sipo->runtime.flag & SIPO_RUNTIME_FLAG_NEED_CHAN_SYNC) {
     ANIM_sync_animchannels_to_data(C);
     sipo->runtime.flag &= ~SIPO_RUNTIME_FLAG_NEED_CHAN_SYNC;
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_image/image_ops.c b/source/blender/editors/space_image/image_ops.c
index 15a0325b169..2c99997bbad 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_image/image_ops.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_image/image_ops.c
@@ -1117,9 +1117,10 @@ static void image_open_cancel(bContext *UNUSED(C), wmOperator *op)
 }
 
 /**
- * \brief Get a list of frames from the list of image files matching the first file name sequence pattern
- * \param ptr: [in] the RNA pointer containing the "directory" entry and "files" collection
- * \param frames_all: [out] the list of frame numbers found in the files matching the first one by name
+ * Get a list of frames from the list of image files matching the first file name sequence pattern.
+ * \param ptr[in]: The RNA pointer containing the "directory" entry and "files" collection.
+ * \param frames_all[out]: the list of frame numbers found in the files matching
+ * the first one by name.
  */
 static void image_sequence_get_frame_ranges(PointerRNA *ptr, ListBase *frames_all)
 {
@@ -1174,7 +1175,8 @@ static int image_cmp_frame(const void *a, const void *b)
 }
 
 /**
- * Return the start (offset) and the length of the sequence of continuous frames in the list of frames
+ * Return the start (offset) and the length of the sequence of
+ * continuous frames in the list of frames.
  *
  * \param frames: [in] the list of frame numbers, as a side-effect the list is sorted.
  * \param ofs: [out] offset the first frame number in the sequence.
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_nla/nla_buttons.c b/source/blender/editors/space_nla/nla_buttons.c
index fb657a31d34..18c31d3a7f7 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_nla/nla_buttons.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_nla/nla_buttons.c
@@ -81,9 +81,9 @@ bool nla_panel_context(const bContext *C,
   short found = 0; /* not bool, since we need to indicate "found but not ideal" status */
   int filter;
 
-  /* for now, only draw if we could init the anim-context info (necessary for all animation-related tools)
-   * to work correctly is able to be correctly retrieved. There's no point showing empty panels?
-   */
+  /* For now, only draw if we could init the anim-context info
+   * (necessary for all animation-related tools)
+   * to work correctly is able to be correctly retrieved. There's no point showing empty panels? */
   if (ANIM_animdata_get_context(C, &ac) == 0)
     return false;
 
@@ -416,7 +416,8 @@ static void nla_panel_actclip(const bContext *C, Panel *pa)
   uiItemR(column, &strip_ptr, "action_frame_start", 0, IFACE_("Start Frame"), ICON_NONE);
   uiItemR(column, &strip_ptr, "action_frame_end", 0, IFACE_("End Frame"), ICON_NONE);
 
-  // XXX: this layout may actually be too abstract and confusing, and may be better using standard column layout
+  /* XXX: this layout may actually be too abstract and confusing,
+   * and may be better using standard column layout. */
   row = uiLayoutRow(layout, false);
   uiItemR(row, &strip_ptr, "use_sync_length", 0, IFACE_("Sync Length"), ICON_NONE);
   uiItemO(row, IFACE_("Now"), ICON_FILE_REFRESH, "NLA_OT_action_sync_length");
@@ -483,7 +484,8 @@ static void nla_panel_modifiers(const bContext *C, Panel *pa)
     row = uiLayoutRow(pa->layout, false);
     block = uiLayoutGetBlock(row);
 
-    // FIXME: we need to set the only-active property so that this will only add modifiers for the active strip (not all selected)
+    // FIXME: we need to set the only-active property so that this
+    // will only add modifiers for the active strip (not all selected).
     uiItemMenuEnumO(
         row, (bContext *)C, "NLA_OT_fmodifier_add", "type", IFACE_("Add Modifier"), ICON_NONE);
 
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_nla/nla_channels.c b/source/blender/editors/space_nla/nla_channels.c
index 90e70b835f8..9332a6d6763 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_nla/nla_channels.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_nla/nla_channels.c
@@ -67,8 +67,9 @@
 /* Depending on the channel that was clicked on, the mouse click will activate whichever
  * part of the channel is relevant.
  *
- * NOTE: eventually, this should probably be phased out when many of these things are replaced with buttons
- * --> Most channels are now selection only...
+ * NOTE: eventually,
+ * this should probably be phased out when many of these things are replaced with buttons
+ * --> Most channels are now selection only.
  */
 
 static int mouse_nla_channels(
@@ -369,10 +370,12 @@ static int nlachannels_mouseclick_invoke(bContext *C, wmOperator *op, const wmEv
   else
     selectmode = SELECT_REPLACE;
 
-  /* figure out which channel user clicked in
-   * Note: although channels technically start at y= NLACHANNEL_FIRST, we need to adjust by half a channel's height
-   *      so that the tops of channels get caught ok. Since NLACHANNEL_FIRST is really NLACHANNEL_HEIGHT, we simply use
-   *      NLACHANNEL_HEIGHT_HALF.
+  /**
+   * Figure out which channel user clicked in:
+   *
+   * \note Although channels technically start at y= NLACHANNEL_FIRST,
+   * we need to adjust by half a channel's height so that the tops of channels get caught ok.
+   * Since NLACHANNEL_FIRST is really NLACHANNEL_HEIGHT, we simply use NLACHANNEL_HEIGHT_HALF.
    */
   UI_view2d_region_to_view(v2d, event->mval[0], event->mval[1], &x, &y);
   UI_view2d_listview_view_to_cell(v2d,
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_nla/nla_edit.c b/source/blender/editors/space_nla/nla_edit.c
index 58db49d09af..99c2b7aa99c 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_nla/nla_edit.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_nla/nla_edit.c
@@ -1482,7 +1482,8 @@ static int nlaedit_swap_exec(bContext *C, wmOperator *op)
     /* make temporary metastrips so that entire islands of selections can be moved around */
     BKE_nlastrips_make_metas(&nlt->strips, 1);
 
-    /* special case: if there is only 1 island (i.e. temp meta BUT NOT unselected/normal/normal-meta strips) left after this,
+    /* special case: if there is only 1 island
+     * (i.e. temp meta BUT NOT unselected/normal/normal-meta strips) left after this,
      * and this island has two strips inside it, then we should be able to just swap these still...
      */
     if (BLI_listbase_is_empty(&nlt->strips) == false) {
@@ -2471,7 +2472,13 @@ void NLA_OT_fmodifier_copy(wmOperatorType *ot)
   ot->flag = OPTYPE_REGISTER | OPTYPE_UNDO;
 
   /* id-props */
-  //ot->prop = RNA_def_boolean(ot->srna, "all", 1, "All F-Modifiers", "Copy all the F-Modifiers, instead of just the active one");
+#if 0
+  ot->prop = RNA_def_boolean(ot->srna,
+                             "all",
+                             1,
+                             "All F-Modifiers",
+                             "Copy all the F-Modifiers, instead of just the active one");
+#endif
 }
 
 /* ******************** Paste F-Modifiers Operator *********************** */
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_nla/nla_ops.c b/source/blender/editors/space_nla/nla_ops.c
index 2715c07164b..9c2eb541f52 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_nla/nla_ops.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_nla/nla_ops.c
@@ -167,9 +167,10 @@ void nla_keymap(wmKeyConfig *keyconf)
   WM_keymap_ensure(keyconf, "NLA Generic", SPACE_NLA, 0);
 
   /* channels ---------------------------------------------------------- */
-  /* Channels are not directly handled by the NLA Editor module, but are inherited from the Animation module.
-   * Most of the relevant operations, keymaps, drawing, etc. can therefore all
-   * be found in that module instead, as there are many similarities with the other Animation Editors.
+  /* Channels are not directly handled by the NLA Editor module, but are inherited from the
+   * animation module. Most of the relevant operations, keymaps, drawing, etc. can therefore all
+   * be found in that module instead, as there are many similarities with the other
+   * animation editors.
    *
    * However, those operations which involve clicking on channels and/or
    * the placement of them in the view are implemented here instead
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_nla/nla_select.c b/source/blender/editors/space_nla/nla_select.c
index 0df0c5a99da..c872ae3e182 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_nla/nla_select.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_nla/nla_select.c
@@ -139,7 +139,8 @@ static void deselect_nla_strips(bAnimContext *ac, short test, short sel)
         ACHANNEL_SET_FLAG(strip, smode, NLASTRIP_FLAG_SELECT);
 
       /* clear active flag */
-      // TODO: for clear active, do we want to limit this to only doing this on a certain set of tracks though?
+      /* TODO: for clear active,
+       * do we want to limit this to only doing this on a certain set of tracks though? */
       strip->flag &= ~NLASTRIP_FLAG_ACTIVE;
     }
   }
@@ -203,11 +204,13 @@ void NLA_OT_select_all(wmOperatorType *ot)
 }
 
 /* ******************** Box Select Operator **************************** */
-/* This operator currently works in one of three ways:
- *  -> BKEY     - 1) all strips within region are selected (NLAEDIT_BORDERSEL_ALLSTRIPS)
- *  -> ALT-BKEY - depending on which axis of the region was larger...
- *      -> 2) x-axis, so select all frames within frame range (NLAEDIT_BORDERSEL_FRAMERANGE)
- *      -> 3) y-axis, so select all frames within channels that region included (NLAEDIT_BORDERSEL_CHANNELS)
+/**
+ * This operator currently works in one of three ways:
+ * - BKEY     - 1: all strips within region are selected #NLAEDIT_BOX_ALLSTRIPS.
+ * - ALT-BKEY - depending on which axis of the region was larger.
+ *   - 2: x-axis, so select all frames within frame range #NLAEDIT_BOXSEL_FRAMERANGE.
+ *   - 3: y-axis, so select all frames within channels that region included
+ *     #NLAEDIT_BOXSEL_CHANNELS.
  */
 
 /* defines for box_select mode */
@@ -295,10 +298,12 @@ static int nlaedit_box_select_exec(bContext *C, wmOperator *op)
 
   /* selection 'mode' depends on whether box_select region only matters on one axis */
   if (RNA_boolean_get(op->ptr, "axis_range")) {
-    /* mode depends on which axis of the range is larger to determine which axis to use
-     * - checking this in region-space is fine, as it's fundamentally still going to be a different rect size
-     * - the frame-range select option is favored over the channel one (x over y), as frame-range one is often
-     *   used for tweaking timing when "blocking", while channels is not that useful...
+    /* mode depends on which axis of the range is larger to determine which axis to use.
+     * - Checking this in region-space is fine,
+     *   as it's fundamentally still going to be a different rect size.
+     * - The frame-range select option is favored over the channel one (x over y),
+     *   as frame-range one is often.
+     *   Used for tweaking timing when "blocking", while channels is not that useful.
      */
     if (BLI_rcti_size_x(&rect) >= BLI_rcti_size_y(&rect))
       mode = NLA_BOXSEL_FRAMERANGE;
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_node/node_add.c b/source/blender/editors/space_node/node_add.c
index 8d754087855..714ed707e18 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_node/node_add.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_node/node_add.c
@@ -54,8 +54,10 @@
 
 #include "node_intern.h" /* own include */
 
-/* XXX Does some additional initialization on top of nodeAddNode
- * Can be used with both custom and static nodes, if idname==NULL the static int type will be used instead.
+/**
+ * XXX Does some additional initialization on top of #nodeAddNode
+ * Can be used with both custom and static nodes,
+ * if `idname == NULL` the static int type will be used instead.
  */
 bNode *node_add_node(const bContext *C, const char *idname, int type, float locx, float locy)
 {
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_node/node_edit.c b/source/blender/editors/space_node/node_edit.c
index 09af141b026..3e73cc52c52 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_node/node_edit.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_node/node_edit.c
@@ -2032,7 +2032,8 @@ static int node_clipboard_copy_exec(bContext *C, wmOperator *UNUSED(op))
 
   for (node = ntree->nodes.first; node; node = node->next) {
     if (node->flag & SELECT) {
-      /* No ID refcounting, this node is virtual, detached from any actual Blender data currently. */
+      /* No ID refcounting, this node is virtual,
+       * detached from any actual Blender data currently. */
       bNode *new_node = BKE_node_copy_ex(NULL, node, LIB_ID_CREATE_NO_USER_REFCOUNT);
       BKE_node_clipboard_add_node(new_node);
     }
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_node/node_intern.h b/source/blender/editors/space_node/node_intern.h
index cb185d6cef2..1825396805c 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_node/node_intern.h
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_node/node_intern.h
@@ -151,7 +151,16 @@ bool node_link_bezier_points(struct View2D *v2d,
                              struct bNodeLink *link,
                              float coord_array[][2],
                              int resol);
-// void node_draw_link_straight(View2D *v2d, SpaceNode *snode, bNodeLink *link, int th_col1, int do_shaded, int th_col2, int do_triple, int th_col3 );
+#if 0
+void node_draw_link_straight(View2D *v2d,
+                             SpaceNode *snode,
+                             bNodeLink *link,
+                             int th_col1,
+                             int do_shaded,
+                             int th_col2,
+                             int do_triple,
+                             int th_col3);
+#endif
 void draw_nodespace_back_pix(const struct bContext *C,
                              struct ARegion *ar,
                              struct SpaceNode *snode,
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_node/node_relationships.c b/source/blender/editors/space_node/node_relationships.c
index 14636dad8c6..d34ba14700a 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_node/node_relationships.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_node/node_relationships.c
@@ -986,8 +986,8 @@ void NODE_OT_link_make(wmOperatorType *ot)
 
   /* callbacks */
   ot->exec = node_make_link_exec;
-  ot->poll =
-      ED_operator_node_editable;  // XXX we need a special poll which checks that there are selected input/output sockets
+  // XXX we need a special poll which checks that there are selected input/output sockets
+  ot->poll = ED_operator_node_editable;
 
   /* flags */
   ot->flag = OPTYPE_REGISTER | OPTYPE_UNDO;
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_outliner/outliner_collections.c b/source/blender/editors/space_outliner/outliner_collections.c
index 835c154786b..6da42ecb3c0 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_outliner/outliner_collections.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_outliner/outliner_collections.c
@@ -284,7 +284,8 @@ static int collection_delete_exec(bContext *C, wmOperator *op)
 
   data.collections_to_edit = BLI_gset_ptr_new(__func__);
 
-  /* We first walk over and find the Collections we actually want to delete (ignoring duplicates). */
+  /* We first walk over and find the Collections we actually want to delete
+   * (ignoring duplicates). */
   outliner_tree_traverse(
       soops, &soops->tree, 0, TSE_SELECTED, collection_find_data_to_edit, &data);
 
@@ -295,8 +296,8 @@ static int collection_delete_exec(bContext *C, wmOperator *op)
 
     /* Test in case collection got deleted as part of another one. */
     if (BLI_findindex(&bmain->collections, collection) != -1) {
-      /* We cannot allow to delete collections that are indirectly linked, or that are used by (linked to...)
-       * other linked scene/collection. */
+      /* We cannot allow to delete collections that are indirectly linked,
+       * or that are used by (linked to...) other linked scene/collection. */
       bool skip = false;
       if (ID_IS_LINKED(collection)) {
         if (collection->id.tag & LIB_TAG_INDIRECT) {
@@ -650,7 +651,8 @@ static int collection_instance_exec(bContext *C, wmOperator *UNUSED(op))
 
   data.collections_to_edit = BLI_gset_ptr_new(__func__);
 
-  /* We first walk over and find the Collections we actually want to instance (ignoring duplicates). */
+  /* We first walk over and find the Collections we actually want to instance
+   * (ignoring duplicates). */
   outliner_tree_traverse(
       soops, &soops->tree, 0, TSE_SELECTED, collection_find_data_to_edit, &data);
 
@@ -957,7 +959,8 @@ static int collection_isolate_exec(bContext *C, wmOperator *op)
   };
   data.collections_to_edit = BLI_gset_ptr_new(__func__);
 
-  /* Hide all collections before the isolate function - needed in order to support multiple selected collections. */
+  /* Hide all collections before the isolate function -
+   * needed in order to support multiple selected collections. */
   if (!extend) {
     LayerCollection *lc_master = view_layer->layer_collections.first;
     for (LayerCollection *lc_iter = lc_master->layer_collections.first; lc_iter;
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_outliner/outliner_dragdrop.c b/source/blender/editors/space_outliner/outliner_dragdrop.c
index cff262698fa..4cb80bd1394 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_outliner/outliner_dragdrop.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_outliner/outliner_dragdrop.c
@@ -144,7 +144,8 @@ static TreeElement *outliner_drop_insert_find(bContext *C,
   te_hovered = outliner_find_item_at_y(soops, &soops->tree, view_mval[1]);
 
   if (te_hovered) {
-    /* mouse hovers an element (ignoring x-axis), now find out how to insert the dragged item exactly */
+    /* Mouse hovers an element (ignoring x-axis),
+     * now find out how to insert the dragged item exactly. */
     const float margin = UI_UNIT_Y * (1.0f / 4);
 
     if (view_mval[1] < (te_hovered->ys + margin)) {
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_outliner/outliner_draw.c b/source/blender/editors/space_outliner/outliner_draw.c
index f0dface1e32..7db556961cc 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_outliner/outliner_draw.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_outliner/outliner_draw.c
@@ -1561,7 +1561,8 @@ TreeElementIcon tree_element_get_icon(TreeStoreElem *tselem, TreeElement *te)
         data.icon = ICON_GROUP;
         break;
       }
-      /* Removed the icons from outliner. Need a better structure with Layers, Palettes and Colors */
+      /* Removed the icons from outliner.
+       * Need a better structure with Layers, Palettes and Colors. */
       case TSE_GP_LAYER: {
         /* indicate whether layer is active */
         bGPDlayer *gpl = te->directdata;
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_outliner/outliner_edit.c b/source/blender/editors/space_outliner/outliner_edit.c
index 72c420f00cb..d939f84e186 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_outliner/outliner_edit.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_outliner/outliner_edit.c
@@ -1478,7 +1478,8 @@ void OUTLINER_OT_show_one_level(wmOperatorType *ot)
 
 /* Show Hierarchy ----------------------------------------------- */
 
-/* helper function for tree_element_shwo_hierarchy() - recursively checks whether subtrees have any objects*/
+/* Helper function for tree_element_shwo_hierarchy() -
+ * recursively checks whether subtrees have any objects. */
 static int subtree_has_objects(ListBase *lb)
 {
   TreeElement *te;
@@ -1682,7 +1683,8 @@ static void tree_element_to_path(TreeElement *te,
       }
     }
     else {
-      /* no ID, so check if entry is RNA-struct, and if that RNA-struct is an ID datablock to extract info from */
+      /* no ID, so check if entry is RNA-struct,
+       * and if that RNA-struct is an ID datablock to extract info from. */
       if (tse->type == TSE_RNA_STRUCT) {
         /* ptr->data not ptr->id.data seems to be the one we want,
          * since ptr->data is sometimes the owner of this ID? */
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_outliner/outliner_select.c b/source/blender/editors/space_outliner/outliner_select.c
index bab5ee02916..6e2516460b5 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_outliner/outliner_select.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_outliner/outliner_select.c
@@ -1028,8 +1028,9 @@ eOLDrawState tree_element_active(bContext *C,
                                  const bool handle_all_types)
 {
   switch (te->idcode) {
-    /* Note: ID_OB only if handle_all_type is true, else objects are handled specially to allow multiple
-     * selection. See do_outliner_item_activate. */
+    /** \note #ID_OB only if handle_all_type is true,
+     * else objects are handled specially to allow multiple selection.
+     * See #do_outliner_item_activate. */
     case ID_OB:
       if (handle_all_types) {
         return tree_element_set_active_object(C, scene, view_layer, soops, te, set, false);
@@ -1131,8 +1132,8 @@ static void do_outliner_item_activate_tree_element(bContext *C,
            TSE_SEQUENCE_DUP,
            TSE_EBONE,
            TSE_LAYER_COLLECTION)) {
-    /* Note about TSE_EBONE: In case of a same ID_AR datablock shared among several objects, we do not want
-     * to switch out of edit mode (see T48328 for details). */
+    /* Note about TSE_EBONE: In case of a same ID_AR datablock shared among several objects,
+     * we do not want to switch out of edit mode (see T48328 for details). */
   }
   else if (tselem->id && OB_DATA_SUPPORT_EDITMODE(te->idcode)) {
     /* Support edit-mode toggle, keeping the active object as is. */
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_outliner/outliner_tools.c b/source/blender/editors/space_outliner/outliner_tools.c
index ad4661102bc..650827a17c7 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_outliner/outliner_tools.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_outliner/outliner_tools.c
@@ -650,7 +650,8 @@ static void singleuser_world_cb(bContext *C,
 }
 
 /**
- * \param select_recurse: Set to false for operations which are already recursively operating on their children.
+ * \param select_recurse: Set to false for operations which are already
+ * recursively operating on their children.
  */
 void outliner_do_object_operation_ex(bContext *C,
                                      ReportList *reports,
@@ -738,7 +739,8 @@ static void refreshdrivers_animdata_cb(int UNUSED(event),
   IdAdtTemplate *iat = (IdAdtTemplate *)tselem->id;
   FCurve *fcu;
 
-  /* loop over drivers, performing refresh (i.e. check graph_buttons.c and rna_fcurve.c for details) */
+  /* Loop over drivers, performing refresh
+   * (i.e. check graph_buttons.c and rna_fcurve.c for details). */
   for (fcu = iat->adt->drivers.first; fcu; fcu = fcu->next) {
     fcu->flag &= ~FCURVE_DISABLED;
 
@@ -1768,7 +1770,8 @@ static int outliner_action_set_exec(bContext *C, wmOperator *op)
     return OPERATOR_CANCELLED;
   }
   else if (act->idroot == 0) {
-    /* hopefully in this case (i.e. library of userless actions), the user knows what they're doing... */
+    /* Hopefully in this case (i.e. library of userless actions),
+     * the user knows what they're doing. */
     BKE_reportf(op->reports,
                 RPT_WARNING,
                 "Action '%s' does not specify what data-blocks it can be used on "
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_outliner/outliner_tree.c b/source/blender/editors/space_outliner/outliner_tree.c
index 58585d3c99d..02890f3bd92 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_outliner/outliner_tree.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_outliner/outliner_tree.c
@@ -1782,10 +1782,11 @@ static TreeElement *outliner_find_first_desired_element_at_y(const SpaceOutliner
 }
 
 /**
- * Store information of current outliner scrolling status to be restored later
+ * Store information of current outliner scrolling status to be restored later.
  *
- * Finds the top-most collection visible in the outliner and populates the OutlinerTreeElementFocus
- * struct to retrieve this element later to make sure it is in the same original position as before filtering
+ * Finds the top-most collection visible in the outliner and populates the
+ * #OutlinerTreeElementFocus struct to retrieve this element later to make sure it is in the same
+ * original position as before filtering.
  */
 static void outliner_store_scrolling_position(SpaceOutliner *soops,
                                               ARegion *ar,
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_script/space_script.c b/source/blender/editors/space_script/space_script.c
index e26c0e3cec3..3ffa54727e6 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_script/space_script.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_script/space_script.c
@@ -192,9 +192,8 @@ void ED_spacetype_script(void)
   art->init = script_main_region_init;
   art->draw = script_main_region_draw;
   art->listener = script_main_region_listener;
-  art->keymapflag =
-      ED_KEYMAP_VIEW2D | ED_KEYMAP_UI |
-      ED_KEYMAP_FRAMES;  // XXX need to further test this ED_KEYMAP_UI is needed for button interaction
+  /* XXX: Need to further test this ED_KEYMAP_UI is needed for button interaction. */
+  art->keymapflag = ED_KEYMAP_VIEW2D | ED_KEYMAP_UI | ED_KEYMAP_FRAMES;
 
   BLI_addhead(&st->regiontypes, art);
 
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_sequencer/sequencer_draw.c b/source/blender/editors/space_sequencer/sequencer_draw.c
index 69fc9ef3e17..550aa9d7f8d 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_sequencer/sequencer_draw.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_sequencer/sequencer_draw.c
@@ -282,8 +282,8 @@ static void drawseqwave(View2D *v2d,
     waveform = sound->waveform;
 
     if (waveform->length == 0) {
-      /* BKE_sound_read_waveform() set an empty SoundWaveform data in case it cannot generate a valid one...
-       * See T45726. */
+      /* BKE_sound_read_waveform() set an empty SoundWaveform data in case it cannot generate a
+       * valid one. See T45726. */
       return;
     }
 
@@ -1603,7 +1603,8 @@ void sequencer_draw_preview(const bContext *C,
   /* TODO */
   /* sequencer_draw_maskedit(C, scene, ar, sseq); */
 
-  /* Scope is freed in sequencer_check_scopes when ibuf changes and scope image is to be replaced. */
+  /* Scope is freed in sequencer_check_scopes when ibuf changes and
+   * scope image is to be replaced. */
   if (ibuf) {
     IMB_freeImBuf(ibuf);
   }
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_sequencer/sequencer_edit.c b/source/blender/editors/space_sequencer/sequencer_edit.c
index c94da4afa52..4a6cfaae42f 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_sequencer/sequencer_edit.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_sequencer/sequencer_edit.c
@@ -759,8 +759,8 @@ static Sequence *cut_seq_hard(Scene *scene, Sequence *seq, ListBase *new_seq_lis
   /* First Strip! */
   /* strips with extended stillfames before */
 
-  /* Precaution, needed because the length saved on-disk may not match the length saved in the blend file,
-   * or our code may have minor differences reading file length between versions.
+  /* Precaution, needed because the length saved on-disk may not match the length saved in the
+   * blend file, or our code may have minor differences reading file length between versions.
    * This causes hard-cut to fail, see: T47862 */
   if (seq->type != SEQ_TYPE_META) {
     BKE_sequence_reload_new_file(scene, seq, true);
@@ -1548,7 +1548,9 @@ static bool sequencer_slip_recursively(Scene *scene, SlipData *data, int offset)
         seq->enddisp = data->ts[i].enddisp + offset;
       }
 
-      /* effects are only added if we they are in a metastrip. In this case, dependent strips will just be transformed and we can skip calculating for effects
+      /* effects are only added if we they are in a meta-strip.
+       * In this case, dependent strips will just be transformed and
+       * we can skip calculating for effects.
        * This way we can avoid an extra loop just for effects*/
       if (!(seq->type & SEQ_TYPE_EFFECT)) {
         BKE_sequence_calc(scene, seq);
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_text/text_autocomplete.c b/source/blender/editors/space_text/text_autocomplete.c
index 10303aeba7c..e60ac3d16a3 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_text/text_autocomplete.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_text/text_autocomplete.c
@@ -179,8 +179,8 @@ static GHash *text_autocomplete_build(Text *text)
         }
 
         if ((i_start != i_end) &&
-            /* check we're at the beginning of a line or that the previous char is not an identifier
-             * this prevents digits from being added */
+            /* Check we're at the beginning of a line or that the previous char is not an
+             * identifier this prevents digits from being added. */
             ((i_start < 1) ||
              !text_check_identifier_unicode(BLI_str_utf8_as_unicode(&linep->line[i_start - 1])))) {
           char *str_sub = &linep->line[i_start];
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_view3d/view3d_buttons.c b/source/blender/editors/space_view3d/view3d_buttons.c
index 987f09e049a..52feff4b65a 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_view3d/view3d_buttons.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_view3d/view3d_buttons.c
@@ -147,9 +147,11 @@ static float compute_scale_factor(const float ve_median, const float median)
   }
 }
 
-/* Apply helpers.
- * Note: In case we only have one element, copy directly the value instead of applying the diff or scale factor.
- *       Avoids some glitches when going e.g. from 3 to 0.0001 (see T37327).
+/**
+ * Apply helpers.
+ * \note In case we only have one element,
+ * copy directly the value instead of applying the diff or scale factor.
+ * Avoids some glitches when going e.g. from 3 to 0.0001 (see T37327).
  */
 static void apply_raw_diff(float *val, const int tot, const float ve_median, const float median)
 {
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_view3d/view3d_camera_control.c b/source/blender/editors/space_view3d/view3d_camera_control.c
index c8059c25e15..0045094542f 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_view3d/view3d_camera_control.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_view3d/view3d_camera_control.c
@@ -23,10 +23,11 @@
  * or other details.
  * Typical view-control usage:
  *
- * - acquire a view-control (#ED_view3d_cameracontrol_acquire).
- * - modify ``rv3d->ofs``, ``rv3d->viewquat``.
- * - update the view data (#ED_view3d_cameracontrol_acquire) - within a loop which draws the viewport.
- * - finish and release the view-control (#ED_view3d_cameracontrol_release),
+ * - Acquire a view-control (#ED_view3d_cameracontrol_acquire).
+ * - Modify ``rv3d->ofs``, ``rv3d->viewquat``.
+ * - Update the view data (#ED_view3d_cameracontrol_acquire) -
+ *   within a loop which draws the viewport.
+ * - Finish and release the view-control (#ED_view3d_cameracontrol_release),
  *   either keeping the current view or restoring the initial view.
  *
  * Notes:
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_view3d/view3d_draw.c b/source/blender/editors/space_view3d/view3d_draw.c
index a298e668f44..12ce793e3ef 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_view3d/view3d_draw.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_view3d/view3d_draw.c
@@ -700,7 +700,8 @@ static void drawviewborder(Scene *scene, Depsgraph *depsgraph, ARegion *ar, View
       /* draw */
       immUniformThemeColorShade(TH_VIEW_OVERLAY, 100);
 
-      /* TODO Was using UI_draw_roundbox_4fv(false, rect.xmin, rect.ymin, rect.xmax, rect.ymax, 2.0f, color).
+      /* TODO Was using:
+       * UI_draw_roundbox_4fv(false, rect.xmin, rect.ymin, rect.xmax, rect.ymax, 2.0f, color);
        * We'll probably need a new imm_draw_line_roundbox_dashed dor that - though in practice the
        * 2.0f round corner effect was nearly not visible anyway... */
       imm_draw_box_wire_2d(shdr_pos, rect.xmin, rect.ymin, rect.xmax, rect.ymax);
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_view3d/view3d_draw_legacy.c b/source/blender/editors/space_view3d/view3d_draw_legacy.c
index c705a8608d5..f029fd9bfc7 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_view3d/view3d_draw_legacy.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_view3d/view3d_draw_legacy.c
@@ -922,7 +922,8 @@ void ED_view3d_screen_datamask(const bContext *C,
 
 /**
  * Store values from #RegionView3D, set when drawing.
- * This is needed when we draw with to a viewport using a different matrix (offscreen drawing for example).
+ * This is needed when we draw with to a viewport using a different matrix
+ * (offscreen drawing for example).
  *
  * Values set by #ED_view3d_update_viewmat should be handled here.
  */
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_view3d/view3d_edit.c b/source/blender/editors/space_view3d/view3d_edit.c
index 84ebacc0a2f..80153a38128 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_view3d/view3d_edit.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_view3d/view3d_edit.c
@@ -1046,7 +1046,8 @@ static float view3d_ndof_pan_speed_calc(RegionView3D *rv3d)
 /**
  * Zoom and pan in the same function since sometimes zoom is interpreted as dolly (pan forward).
  *
- * \param has_zoom: zoom, otherwise dolly, often `!rv3d->is_persp` since it doesn't make sense to dolly in ortho.
+ * \param has_zoom: zoom, otherwise dolly,
+ * often `!rv3d->is_persp` since it doesn't make sense to dolly in ortho.
  */
 static void view3d_ndof_pan_zoom(const struct wmNDOFMotionData *ndof,
                                  ScrArea *sa,
@@ -1068,9 +1069,8 @@ static void view3d_ndof_pan_zoom(const struct wmNDOFMotionData *ndof,
     /* zoom with Z */
 
     /* Zoom!
-     * velocity should be proportional to the linear velocity attained by rotational motion of same strength
-     * [got that?]
-     * proportional to arclength = radius * angle
+     * velocity should be proportional to the linear velocity attained by rotational motion
+     * of same strength [got that?] proportional to `arclength = radius * angle`.
      */
 
     pan_vec[2] = 0.0f;
@@ -1844,7 +1844,8 @@ void viewzoom_modal_keymap(wmKeyConfig *keyconf)
 }
 
 /**
- * \param zoom_xy: Optionally zoom to window location (coords compatible w/ #wmEvent.x, y). Use when not NULL.
+ * \param zoom_xy: Optionally zoom to window location
+ * (coords compatible w/ #wmEvent.x, y). Use when not NULL.
  */
 static void view_zoom_to_window_xy_camera(
     Scene *scene, Depsgraph *depsgraph, View3D *v3d, ARegion *ar, float dfac, const int zoom_xy[2])
@@ -1892,7 +1893,8 @@ static void view_zoom_to_window_xy_camera(
 }
 
 /**
- * \param zoom_xy: Optionally zoom to window location (coords compatible w/ #wmEvent.x, y). Use when not NULL.
+ * \param zoom_xy: Optionally zoom to window location
+ * (coords compatible w/ #wmEvent.x, y). Use when not NULL.
  */
 static void view_zoom_to_window_xy_3d(ARegion *ar, float dfac, const int zoom_xy[2])
 {
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_view3d/view3d_project.c b/source/blender/editors/space_view3d/view3d_project.c
index f50f6f81087..b81b7e0109e 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_view3d/view3d_project.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_view3d/view3d_project.c
@@ -455,7 +455,8 @@ bool ED_view3d_win_to_ray_clipped(struct Depsgraph *depsgraph,
  * \param r_ray_start: The world-space point where the ray intersects the window plane.
  * \param r_ray_normal: The normalized world-space direction of towards mval.
  *
- * \note Ignores view near/far clipping, to take this into account use #ED_view3d_win_to_ray_clipped.
+ * \note Ignores view near/far clipping,
+ * to take this into account use #ED_view3d_win_to_ray_clipped.
  */
 void ED_view3d_win_to_ray(const ARegion *ar,
                           const float mval[2],
@@ -556,8 +557,9 @@ void ED_view3d_win_to_3d(const View3D *v3d,
     copy_v3_v3(ray_origin, rv3d->viewinv[3]);
     ED_view3d_win_to_vector(ar, mval, ray_direction);
 
-    /* note, we could use isect_line_plane_v3() however we want the intersection to be infront of the
-     * view no matter what, so apply the unsigned factor instead */
+    /* note, we could use isect_line_plane_v3()
+     * however we want the intersection to be infront of the view no matter what,
+     * so apply the unsigned factor instead */
     plane_from_point_normal_v3(plane, depth_pt, rv3d->viewinv[2]);
 
     isect_ray_plane_v3(ray_origin, ray_direction, plane, &lambda, false);
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_view3d/view3d_snap.c b/source/blender/editors/space_view3d/view3d_snap.c
index 5aa19cc8a51..fb121aa716b 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_view3d/view3d_snap.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_view3d/view3d_snap.c
@@ -233,9 +233,11 @@ void VIEW3D_OT_snap_selected_to_grid(wmOperatorType *ot)
 
 /** Snaps the selection as a whole (use_offset=true) or each selected object to the given location.
  *
- * \param snap_target_global: a location in global space to snap to (eg. 3D cursor or active object).
- * \param use_offset: if the selected objects should maintain their relative offsets and be snapped by the selection
- *                    pivot point (median, active), or if every object origin should be snapped to the given location.
+ * \param snap_target_global: a location in global space to snap to
+ * (eg. 3D cursor or active object).
+ * \param use_offset: if the selected objects should maintain their relative offsets
+ * and be snapped by the selection pivot point (median, active),
+ * or if every object origin should be snapped to the given location.
  */
 static int snap_selected_to_location(bContext *C,
                                      const float snap_target_global[3],
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_view3d/view3d_utils.c b/source/blender/editors/space_view3d/view3d_utils.c
index 3f078e35046..91313657f59 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_view3d/view3d_utils.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_view3d/view3d_utils.c
@@ -1143,7 +1143,8 @@ float ED_view3d_radius_to_dist_ortho(const float lens, const float radius)
  * \param ar: Can be NULL if \a use_aspect is false.
  * \param persp: Allow the caller to tell what kind of perspective to use (ortho/view/camera)
  * \param use_aspect: Increase the distance to account for non 1:1 view aspect.
- * \param radius: The radius will be fitted exactly, typically pre-scaled by a margin (#VIEW3D_MARGIN).
+ * \param radius: The radius will be fitted exactly,
+ * typically pre-scaled by a margin (#VIEW3D_MARGIN).
  */
 float ED_view3d_radius_to_dist(const View3D *v3d,
                                const ARegion *ar,
@@ -1435,7 +1436,8 @@ void ED_view3d_from_object(const Object *ob, float ofs[3], float quat[4], float
 
 /**
  * Set the object transformation from RegionView3D members.
- * \param depsgraph: The depsgraph to get the evaluated object parent for the transformation calculation.
+ * \param depsgraph: The depsgraph to get the evaluated object parent
+ * for the transformation calculation.
  * \param ob: The object which has the transformation assigned.
  * \param ofs: The view offset, normally from RegionView3D.ofs.
  * \param quat: The view rotation, quaternion normally from RegionView3D.viewquat.
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/space_view3d/view3d_view.c b/source/blender/editors/space_view3d/view3d_view.c
index 1b81ccec3ba..7ac8291a385 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/space_view3d/view3d_view.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/space_view3d/view3d_view.c
@@ -865,8 +865,8 @@ void view3d_viewmatrix_set(Depsgraph *depsgraph,
       vec[2] = 0.0f;
 
       if (rect_scale) {
-        /* Since 'RegionView3D.winmat' has been calculated and this function doesn't take the 'ARegion'
-         * we don't know about the region size.
+        /* Since 'RegionView3D.winmat' has been calculated and this function doesn't take the
+         * 'ARegion' we don't know about the region size.
          * Use 'rect_scale' when drawing a sub-region to apply 2D offset,
          * scaled by the difference between the sub-region and the region size.
          */
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/undo/memfile_undo.c b/source/blender/editors/undo/memfile_undo.c
index 36ce38091d4..0f495d64b29 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/undo/memfile_undo.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/undo/memfile_undo.c
@@ -115,7 +115,8 @@ static void memfile_undosys_step_decode(struct bContext *C,
 
 static void memfile_undosys_step_free(UndoStep *us_p)
 {
-  /* To avoid unnecessary slow down, free backwards (so we don't need to merge when clearing all). */
+  /* To avoid unnecessary slow down, free backwards
+   * (so we don't need to merge when clearing all). */
   MemFileUndoStep *us = (MemFileUndoStep *)us_p;
   if (us_p->next != NULL) {
     UndoStep *us_next_p = BKE_undosys_step_same_type_next(us_p);
@@ -149,7 +150,8 @@ void ED_memfile_undosys_type(UndoType *ut)
  * \{ */
 
 /**
- * Ideally we wouldn't need to export global undo internals, there are some cases where it's needed though.
+ * Ideally we wouldn't need to export global undo internals,
+ * there are some cases where it's needed though.
  */
 static struct MemFile *ed_undosys_step_get_memfile(UndoStep *us_p)
 {
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/util/numinput.c b/source/blender/editors/util/numinput.c
index 0ab37d61ce4..8abd8db53c1 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/util/numinput.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/util/numinput.c
@@ -452,7 +452,8 @@ bool handleNumInput(bContext *C, NumInput *n, const wmEvent *event)
       utf8_buf = ascii;
       break;
 #if 0
-    /* Those keys are not directly accessible in all layouts, preventing to generate matching events.
+    /* Those keys are not directly accessible in all layouts,
+     * preventing to generate matching events.
      * So we use a hack (ascii value) instead, see below.
      */
     case EQUALKEY:
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/util/select_utils.c b/source/blender/editors/util/select_utils.c
index 13c623a2860..a26579b0d84 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/util/select_utils.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/util/select_utils.c
@@ -115,8 +115,8 @@ bool ED_select_similar_compare_float_tree(const KDTree_1d *tree,
     case SIM_CMP_GT:
       /* Compare against the shortest edge. */
       /* -FLT_MAX leads to some precision issues and the wrong edge being selected.
-       * For example, in a tree with 1, 2 and 3, which is stored squared as 1, 4, 9, it returns as the nearest
-       * length/node the "4" instead of "1". */
+       * For example, in a tree with 1, 2 and 3, which is stored squared as 1, 4, 9,
+       * it returns as the nearest length/node the "4" instead of "1". */
       nearest_edge_length = -1.0f;
       break;
     case SIM_CMP_LT:
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/uvedit/uvedit_ops.c b/source/blender/editors/uvedit/uvedit_ops.c
index f6182fa4318..ca527be7339 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/uvedit/uvedit_ops.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/uvedit/uvedit_ops.c
@@ -2973,8 +2973,8 @@ static void UV_OT_select_linked_pick(wmOperatorType *ot)
 /**
  * \note This is based on similar use case to #MESH_OT_split(), which has a similar effect
  * but in this case they are not joined to begin with (only having the behavior of being joined)
- * so its best to call this #uv_select_split() instead of just split(), but assigned to the same key
- * as #MESH_OT_split - Campbell.
+ * so its best to call this #uv_select_split() instead of just split(), but assigned to the same
+ * key as #MESH_OT_split - Campbell.
  */
 static int uv_select_split_exec(bContext *C, wmOperator *op)
 {
@@ -3159,10 +3159,12 @@ static void uv_select_flush_from_tag_sticky_loc_internal(Scene *scene,
 /**
  * Flush the selection from face tags based on sticky and selection modes.
  *
- * needed because settings the selection a face is done in a number of places but it also needs to respect
- * the sticky modes for the UV verts, so dealing with the sticky modes is best done in a separate function.
+ * needed because settings the selection a face is done in a number of places but it also
+ * needs to respect the sticky modes for the UV verts, so dealing with the sticky modes
+ * is best done in a separate function.
  *
- * \note! This function is very similar to #uv_select_flush_from_tag_loop, be sure to update both upon changing.
+ * \note This function is very similar to #uv_select_flush_from_tag_loop,
+ * be sure to update both upon changing.
  */
 static void uv_select_flush_from_tag_face(SpaceImage *sima,
                                           Scene *scene,
@@ -3243,10 +3245,12 @@ static void uv_select_flush_from_tag_face(SpaceImage *sima,
 /**
  * Flush the selection from loop tags based on sticky and selection modes.
  *
- * needed because settings the selection a face is done in a number of places but it also needs to respect
- * the sticky modes for the UV verts, so dealing with the sticky modes is best done in a separate function.
+ * needed because settings the selection a face is done in a number of places but it also needs
+ * to respect the sticky modes for the UV verts, so dealing with the sticky modes is best done
+ * in a separate function.
  *
- * \note! This function is very similar to #uv_select_flush_from_tag_loop, be sure to update both upon changing.
+ * \note This function is very similar to #uv_select_flush_from_tag_loop,
+ * be sure to update both upon changing.
  */
 static void uv_select_flush_from_tag_loop(SpaceImage *sima,
                                           Scene *scene,
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/uvedit/uvedit_smart_stitch.c b/source/blender/editors/uvedit/uvedit_smart_stitch.c
index 54fe4188470..fcb557473fd 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/uvedit/uvedit_smart_stitch.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/uvedit/uvedit_smart_stitch.c
@@ -1412,8 +1412,9 @@ static int stitch_process_data(StitchStateContainer *ssc,
           l = element->l;
           luv = CustomData_bmesh_get(&bm->ldata, l->head.data, CD_MLOOPUV);
 
-          /* accumulate each islands' translation from stitchable elements. it is important to do here
-           * because in final pass MTFaces get modified and result is zero. */
+          /* accumulate each islands' translation from stitchable elements.
+           * It is important to do here because in final pass MTFaces
+           * get modified and result is zero. */
           island_stitch_data[element->island].translation[0] += final_position[i].uv[0] -
                                                                 luv->uv[0];
           island_stitch_data[element->island].translation[1] += final_position[i].uv[1] -
@@ -1466,8 +1467,9 @@ static int stitch_process_data(StitchStateContainer *ssc,
           l = element->l;
           luv = CustomData_bmesh_get(&bm->ldata, l->head.data, CD_MLOOPUV);
 
-          /* accumulate each islands' translation from stitchable elements. it is important to do here
-           * because in final pass MTFaces get modified and result is zero. */
+          /* accumulate each islands' translation from stitchable elements.
+           * it is important to do here because in final pass MTFaces
+           * get modified and result is zero. */
           island_stitch_data[element->island].translation[0] += final_position[i].uv[0] -
                                                                 luv->uv[0];
           island_stitch_data[element->island].translation[1] += final_position[i].uv[1] -
diff --git a/source/blender/editors/uvedit/uvedit_unwrap_ops.c b/source/blender/editors/uvedit/uvedit_unwrap_ops.c
index cf0a6adbfc5..92f7873d5c1 100644
--- a/source/blender/editors/uvedit/uvedit_unwrap_ops.c
+++ b/source/blender/editors/uvedit/uvedit_unwrap_ops.c
@@ -446,8 +446,11 @@ static void texface_from_original_index(BMFace *efa,
   }
 }
 
-/* unwrap handle initialization for subsurf aware-unwrapper. The many modifications required to make the original function(see above)
- * work justified the existence of a new function. */
+/**
+ * Unwrap handle initialization for subsurf aware-unwrapper.
+ * The many modifications required to make the original function(see above)
+ * work justified the existence of a new function.
+ */
 static ParamHandle *construct_param_handle_subsurfed(Scene *scene,
                                                      Object *ob,
                                                      BMEditMesh *em,
@@ -575,7 +578,8 @@ static ParamHandle *construct_param_handle_subsurfed(Scene *scene,
     co[2] = subsurfedVerts[mloop[2].v].co;
     co[3] = subsurfedVerts[mloop[3].v].co;
 
-    /* This is where all the magic is done. If the vertex exists in the, we pass the original uv pointer to the solver, thus
+    /* This is where all the magic is done.
+     * If the vertex exists in the, we pass the original uv pointer to the solver, thus
      * flushing the solution to the edit mesh. */
     texface_from_original_index(origFace,
                                 origVertIndices[mloop[0].v],
-- 
cgit v1.2.3